Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Food Distribution / Metcash Limited

Metcash Limited

mts · ASX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker mts
Exchange ASX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Metcash Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
8
1
0
2
t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
d
e
t
i

i

m
L
h
s
a
c
t
e
M

0
8
4

3
7
0

2
1
1
2
3
N
B
A

Championing Successful Independents

2018 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Metcash is Australia’s leading wholesaler and 
distributor, supplying and supporting more than 
10,000 independent retailers across the Food,  
Liquor and Hardware sectors. 
Our focus is to champion successful independents 
to become the ‘Best Store in Town’, by providing our 
network of strong retail brands with merchandising, 
operational and marketing support.

Contents

About Us ............................................ 2
Chairman’s Report ............................ 4
CEO’s Report ...................................... 6
Financial Highlights ........................ 10
Food ................................................. 12
Liquor ............................................... 14
Hardware ......................................... 16

Logistics ........................................... 18
CSR ................................................... 20
Our People ....................................... 24
Our Board ........................................ 25
Financial Report .............................. 26
Corporate Information ..................109

About Us

Metcash is Australia’s leading wholesale distribution and 
marketing company with sales of over $14 billion in FY18.

Our vision 

We believe that it is absolutely vital to Australia that there is a sustainable, independent, family-owned business 
sector. Independent retailers support their local communities. We help them to be the ‘Best Store in Town’ by 
providing merchandising, operational and marketing support across our Food, Liquor and Hardware pillars.

In Food, we proudly support a network of over 1,600 independently owned stores Australia-wide, 
including the well known IGA and Foodland (IGA) brands. Our retailer partners mix the charm, 
knowledge and convenience of a local store, with the quality and competitive prices of a national one. 
The stores that we support sit at the heart of the local community, sourcing the best products from 
local producers and helping the local economy.

In Liquor, we are the largest supplier to independent liquor retailers and the second-largest broad 
range liquor wholesaler in Australia. Through our Independent Brands Australia (IBA) banner group, 
we support over 2,700 stores across leading independent retail brands such as Cellarbrations,  
The Bottle-O, IGA Liquor, Duncan’s, Thirsty Camel, Big Bargain and Porters.

In Hardware, we are the largest independent hardware group in Australia and a true leader when 
it comes to servicing the trade market. Under our Independent Hardware Group (IHG), we support 
leading independent hardware brands Mitre 10 and Home Timber & Hardware along with Hardings,  
Thrifty-Link Hardware and True Value Hardware; we supply more than 1,200 stores nationwide.

Our purpose and vision
We have a single purpose – championing successful independents

Our values
Integrity is our foundation
We believe: Independence is worth fighting for; in treating our people, retailers and suppliers the way we like to be 
treated; and in giving back to the communities where we live and work.

Best store in every town  

 Passionate about  
independents 

For our retailers and their shoppers, we want to help them 
to be the ‘Best Store in Town’, which is loved by locals for 
its offering and service.
Every day, our retailers are delivering on what shoppers 
say they want – including great service, a broad range of 
products, an enjoyable shopping experience, knowing the 
families behind the stores, stocking local products and 
being part of the broader community.
We celebrate individuality and help our independent 
stores to differentiate themselves from their larger-scale 
competitors. We offer a distinctive and unique service and 
source local products from local communities. You’ll often 
notice that independent retailers stock brands that you 
can’t find anywhere else in Australia!

 Business partner of choice for 
suppliers and independents 

We want to be known as the business partner of 
choice for our retailers by offering a portfolio of leading 
independent retail brands, and by being a world-class 
wholesaler for our suppliers.
The best store in town is supported by a wholesaler who 
is world-class and the most efficient we can be.
With our buying power as Australia’s largest distribution 
network, we have the best commercial agreements that 
benefit Metcash, our suppliers, and our retailers to help all 
parties thrive and grow.
Our logistics operations are world-class and we provide a 
true end-to-end solution.

We want our people to be known for being passionate 
about independents.
We have inspiring leaders who enable their teams through 
empowerment and collaboration.
We nurture and develop our people’s careers, we coach 
and mentor each other, we have an agile mindset and we 
lead change.
We believe in ourselves and others and we accept 
responsibility.
We want to be a favourite place to work.

 Thriving communities,  
giving shoppers choice 

We want to ensure Australia has thriving communities – 
giving shoppers choice, by supporting local and aspiring 
business owners.
Metcash has been championing local entrepreneurs since 
the 1920s. We help independent retailers thrive through 
enhancing their business and marketing skills.
Our independent retailers have a strong connection 
to their communities. We are passionate about our 
community programs, such as Community Chest 
where local IGAs donate valuable funds to support local 
community groups.
We learn from and share our successes and failures and 
we always look for a better way.
Our retailers are investing in their businesses and we have 
a pipeline of aspiring retailers who are creating future 
growth opportunities.

Our brands

2    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#AboutUs

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings performance 

Underlying profit after tax in FY18 increased 10.7% to 
$215.6m before adjusting for a 53rd trading week in 
the prior financial year. Underlying earnings per share 
increased 8.9% to 22.1 cents per share.
The advice from Drakes Supermarkets was taken into 
account in the company’s year-end testing of the carrying 
value of assets and was the primary driver of a $352.1m 
impairment charge to goodwill and other net assets in 
the Food pillar. The impairments are non-cash in nature 
and have no impact on the company’s debt facilities or 
compliance with banking covenants. 
The impairment charge is shown as a significant item in 
our FY18 accounts, and led to the company reporting a 
statutory loss for the year of $149.5m.

Strong financial position and capital 
management 

The Group continued to generate strong cash flows, and 
with a cash conversion ratio of approximately 100%, we 
ended the year in a net cash position of $42.8m. 
Our strong balance sheet and cash flows have provided 
us with the capacity to fund our new initiatives as well 
as return capital to shareholders. The Board considered 
a range of options for returning capital, and was pleased 
to announce on 25 June 2018 an Off-Market Buy-Back 
with the intention to purchase approximately $125m of 
equity. The Buy-Back is expected to be earnings per share 
accretive and benefit all shareholders. We expect the  
Buy-Back to be completed by 20 August 2018.
The Board also determined to maintain its dividend payout 
ratio of approximately 60% of underlying earnings. In line 
with this policy, a final dividend of 7.0 cents per share 
was declared, bringing total dividends for the year to 
13.0 cents per share, fully franked. 

Remuneration 

We are now in the final year of our five-year remuneration 
transition which has included a progressive increase in 
executive ‘at risk’ remuneration as a component of on-
target total reward.  Our executives now have most of 
their on-target remuneration ‘at risk’, and this is directly 
linked to performance outcomes including our share price. 
The only changes to Key Management Personnel (KMP) 
fixed remuneration during the year were to Mark Laidlaw, 
reflecting the increased responsibilities of his role post 
the HTH acquisition; and to Scott Marshall following his 
appointment as CEO of Supermarkets & Convenience.
Total Short Term Incentive (STI) bonuses paid to KMP 
ranged between 0% to 81% of maximum. Taking into 
account the impairment related to the Drakes advice, the 
Board applied its discretion to the KMP STI payments for 
the year which averaged 47% of maximum. Shareholders 
should note that Management’s Long Term Incentive 
is also likely to be significantly impacted by the recent 
impairments.

It is pleasing to report that we have continued to make 
significant inroads into achieving gender pay equality 
across the Group. At year-end, the gap had reduced to less 
than 2%. 
Further remuneration details can be found in our 
Remuneration report commencing on page 38. 

Board changes

I was delighted to announce the appointment of Anne 
Brennan as a non-executive director on 26 March 2018. 
Anne is a very experienced company director with a 
distinguished executive career in the corporate sector 
and in professional services. Anne’s breadth and depth of 
experience, particularly in finance, is proving to be an asset 
to the Board. 
Anne’s appointment followed advice from Patrick Allaway 
that he would retire from the Metcash Board following 
completion of the company’s FY18 reporting process.  I 
would like to thank Patrick for his outstanding contribution 
as Chair of the Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 
where he brought improved oversight to our capital 
management, reporting and risk management framework. 
I am pleased to have supported the Board’s appointment 
of Tonianne Dwyer as the new Chair of the Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee. 
I am confident that our mix of Director skills, background 
and gender balance ensures that we have an appropriately 
diversified Board. 

The future

Looking forward, we remain focused on supporting our 
independent retail networks to be strong and grow in 
highly competitive and challenging markets. Many of our 
retailers already have some of the best stores in the world. 
I believe the quality, commitment and passion of our 
leadership team and Board will underpin the successful 
execution of the next phase of the company’s strategy, 
and the ongoing success of Metcash and our partners. 

Final thanks

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank all our people, 
the leadership team and our partner independent retailers 
and suppliers for their ongoing support.
I would also like to specifically recognise Ian Morrice for his 
significant contribution to the transformation and growth 
of Metcash over the past five years, and for assisting Jeff 
Adams with his transition into the Group CEO role.
To my fellow Directors, I have valued your support to me 
and your commitment and contribution to Metcash over 
the past year. I look forward to continuing to work as a 
cohesive Board as we progress through the next phase of 
our strategy to build a better Metcash. 

Robert Murray

Chair

Robert Murray
Chair

I am pleased to present Metcash’s 
Annual Report for 2018  – a year 
in which the Group performed 
commendably despite experiencing 
highly competitive and challenging 
conditions, particularly in 
Supermarkets. 

The ongoing execution of our strategic initiatives across 
our Food, Liquor and Hardware pillars underpinned the 
Group reporting an improvement in underlying earnings 
for the year, with our Working Smarter program and the 
integration of Home Timber & Hardware (HTH) being key 
contributors. 
The entire organisation has done an admirable job in 
reducing cost, and the Hardware management team has 
done an excellent job combining two large and complex 
groups in HTH and Mitre 10. The integration of HTH 
is now largely complete, with the team having gained 
the support of both the HTH and Mitre 10 independent 
retailers, while also delivering synergies well ahead of 
the target set at the time of acquisition. The combined 
Hardware business now has new attractive growth 
opportunities that management will continue to focus on. 
After the end of the financial year, we were disappointed 
to receive advice from Drakes Supermarkets that it would 
not commit to a long-term supply agreement to have 
its South Australian stores supplied by our proposed 
new Distribution Centre in that State. Our current supply 
agreement with Drakes for these South Australian stores 
ends in June 2019. Our Food pillar has a strong focus on 
delivering operational efficiencies to help address the 
adverse impact on operating leverage from the loss of 
Drakes in South Australia. 

New Group CEO and strategic focus

Last year I advised shareholders that Jeff Adams would 
replace Ian Morrice as Group CEO. This followed Ian’s 
earlier notification that he intended to retire from the role 
in 2018 following five years as Group CEO. Jeff joined in 
September last year and worked alongside Ian for three 
months before being appointed Group CEO in December.
Jeff’s transition into the role has been seamless, and 
he has quickly formed relationships with our key 
stakeholders and has a clear vision as to how he will lead 
our company into the future. 
As the Group has a strong balance sheet with the capacity 
to invest, the next phase of the company’s strategy will 
focus on delivering growth initiatives along with cost 
efficiencies. This includes investing in new initiatives, 
accelerating current initiatives where appropriate, and 
ensuring we continue our strong focus on costs to provide 
a sustainable cost structure, particularly in Supermarkets 
as we address the loss of the Drakes business. 
At the heart of our strategy is supporting the ongoing 
success of independent retailers across our Food, Liquor 
and Hardware pillars. You can read more about the next 
phase of our strategic focus in Jeff’s CEO’s Report. 

New CEO Supermarkets & Convenience 

The Board was fortunate to have a very strong 
internal candidate in Scott Marshall to take over as 
CEO Supermarkets & Convenience from Steven Cain 
following Steven’s resignation in March this year. Scott 
was the incumbent CEO of our Liquor business which 
has performed strongly for the past four years, and he 
previously led the Supermarkets’ Western Australia 
operations. Scott has more than 25 years’ experience in 
wholesale and retail at Metcash, and has well established 
relationships across our Supermarkets retail network. I 
am pleased to report that his appointment has been well 
received by our suppliers, our retailer partners and the 
Metcash Supermarkets & Convenience team.  

4    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#ChairmansReport

Chairman’sReport   
 
Jeff Adams 
Group Chief Executive Officer

I am delighted to present my first 
report as Group CEO of Metcash. 

Since joining the company in September last year, I have 
spent time meeting our independent network store 
owners, our suppliers and our people, which has helped 
me to better understand our challenges and opportunities. 
The ongoing success of our independent retailers is at 
the core of our purpose at Metcash, and I am truly excited 
by the passion of our retailers, the commitment of our 
suppliers and the enthusiasm of the Metcash team. 
I have also spent time assessing our current Pillar 
initiatives and how we can build on our achievements to 
position the company for the future. I discuss this later in 
my report. 
From a financial perspective, we reported an underlying 
profit after tax for the year of $215.6m. This includes 
strong growth in the Hardware pillar due to the inclusion 
of a full year of earnings from the HTH acquisition and the 
related integration synergies. 
As the Chair noted, we were disappointed to have 
received advice after year-end from Drakes Supermarkets 
that they would not commit to a long-term supply 
agreement to have their stores in South Australia supplied 
from our proposed new Distribution Centre. This was 
a key driver of the company recording an impairment 
expense of $352.1m and a statutory net loss for the year 
of $149.5m.
Operationally, the Group performed well in highly 
competitive and challenging conditions. The ongoing 
execution of our strategic initiatives, including key 
programs such as Working Smarter and the integration of 
HTH, underpinned improved underlying Group earnings.

Many of our independent retailers have continued to 
invest in their stores and respond to changes in consumer 
trends to be the ‘Best Store in Town’ with a differentiated 
offer tailored to their local community. 
In Supermarkets, a further 75 stores completed our 
Diamond Store Accelerator (DSA) refurbishment program, 
bringing total stores that have completed the program to 
325. These stores have reported average sales growth 
of over 10%, and growth of more than 5% in the average 
number of items per shopping visit. We are now working 
closely with our retailers to simplify and accelerate the 
roll-out of the program. 
For our retailers, having the right range includes ensuring 
access to an attractive private label offer. Our Community 
Co mid-tier private label has continued to expand its 
range and store take-up since being launched in FY17.  
Community Co seeks to deliver greater value and quality 
to shoppers, while also providing a contribution to the 
community through the Community Chest Trust Fund. 
The new range has been well received by shoppers, and is 
delivering good sales growth.
In Liquor, there was a continued focus on improving 
the quality of the IBA network to support independent 
retailers to be the ‘Best Store in Town’. This included 
progressing the store ‘refresh’ program, as well as 
extending ranges.
The premium brand, Porters Liquor, became part of the 
IBA network in FY17 and provides a significant growth 
opportunity for the Liquor pillar. Three new Porters  
stores were launched in Sydney, New South Wales  
during the year, and we are now positioned to begin a 
national roll-out. 

6    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#CEOsReport

Convenience sales1 were slightly lower at $1.49bn 
reflecting the cycling of revisions to key customer 
contracts in 1H18, partly offset by increased sales in 2H18 
that reflect growth in sales to a major contract customer.
Food EBIT was broadly flat at $188.6m, with a positive 
contribution from the Convenience business and Working 
Smarter cost savings, partly offset by the impact of a 
decline in Supermarkets’ wholesale sales (excluding 
tobacco) and lower Joint Venture earnings which were 
negatively impacted primarily by prior period one-off 
adjustments. 
In Liquor, total sales1 increased 5.7% to $3.47bn reflecting 
increased sales from both existing and new contract 
customers, and from the annualisation of Porters Liquor 
which was acquired in 2H17. Wholesale sales through 
the IBA network increased 8.8% as a number of wholesale 
customers converted to the IBA banner. Retail sales in the 
IBA network increased 1.5% on a like-for-like (LfL) basis, 
representing five consecutive years of sales growth.
Liquor EBIT increased 2.1% to $68.4m reflecting the 
earnings benefit from increased sales to both the IBA 
network and contract customers. Working Smarter 
savings were partly offset by an increase in the bad debts 
provision in Western Australia and costs associated with 
the implementation of the New South Wales Container 
Deposit Scheme. 
In Hardware, sales1 increased $520.1m to $2.10bn 
reflecting the inclusion of a full year of sales from HTH. 
Combined wholesale sales in Hardware increased 5.3%, 
driven by strong trade sales. Construction activity was 
robust through most of the year, with some softening 
evident in the fourth quarter. Mitre 10 continued to 
perform well with wholesale sales up 8.6% (6.0% on a LfL 
basis). Sales in HTH increased 1.9% (3.4% on a LfL basis). 
Retailer sales through the IHG banner group increased 
7.4% on a LfL basis. 
Hardware EBIT increased $20.5m to $69.0m, principally 
due to the inclusion of a full year of earnings from HTH 
together with related synergies.

In Hardware, our Sapphire store transformation and Core 
Ranging programs have continued to support many of our 
independent retailers to be the ‘Best Store in Town’.  The 
success of the program to date, which includes average 
sales growth of over 15%, has led to the program now 
being accelerated. 
In Hardware, we have a large trade component that 
accounts for over 60% of pillar sales. As part of our plans 
to leverage our strength in trade, we trialled four new 
Trade Only stores and have plans to open a further eight in 
FY19. 
Pleasingly, we also delivered another strong cash 
outcome. This included Group operating cash flow 
of $288.6m, which was the key driver of a $123.6m 
reduction in net debt and a net cash position at year-end 
of $42.8m, as noted by the Chair. 
Operating performance 

The Group generated sales revenue of $14.46bn, an 
increase of 4.3% on the prior financial year after adjusting 
for a 53rd trading week in FY17. This largely reflects the 
inclusion of HTH for a full financial year, compared to 
seven months last year. 
Group EBIT increased 9.2% to $332.7m, noting that the 
prior year included earnings on $253.5m of sales from an 
additional week of trading.
The increase in EBIT is predominantly driven by growth 
in the Hardware pillar following the acquisition of HTH. 
Earnings also increased in the Liquor pillar through 
continued growth in the IBA network. Earnings in the 
Food pillar were flat compared to the prior financial year, 
but improved after adjusting for the 53rd trading week 
in FY17. Group EBIT also includes a positive contribution 
from Corporate of $6.7m, principally due to the reversal of 
a provision against the Huntingwood, New South Wales 
DC hail insurance claim which was settled during the year.  
In Food, total sales1 declined 1.2% to $8.9bn. Supermarkets 
sales1 declined 1.4%, with positive sales growth on the 
eastern seaboard more than offset by lower sales in South 
Australia and Western Australia. Intense competition 
continued across all States, with Western Australia again 
the most challenging State due the ongoing roll-out of 
competitor footprint and weak economic conditions. There 
was an improvement in the sales trend in South Australia 
in the second half of the financial year. 

1.   Sales percentage references are based on 52 trading weeks in FY17

CEO’sReportSafety

Strategic focus 

Thanks

This year we adopted the more widely used Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) as our key 
safety performance measure. This measure comprises 
Lost Time Injuries, Medical Treatment Injuries and 
Restricted Work Cases. The use of this wider measure has 
helped improve our incident reporting and investigation 
culture. This is reflected in TRIFR reducing by 11% from 
41.2 (excluding HTH) in FY17 to 36.7 (inclusive of HTH) 
in FY18. 
Our safety goal remains ‘Zero Harm’ and we have 
implemented a number of new initiatives based on 
‘making safety simple’ to help further improve our safety 
performance and continue our drive towards this goal.  

Outlook

In Food, we have seen some improvement in sales 
through the first seven weeks of FY19. Despite this, we 
do not expect a material change this year to the highly 
competitive market conditions experienced in FY18. The 
advice from Drakes Supermarkets is not expected to have 
a material impact on the earnings of our Supermarkets 
business in FY19. Planned investments in new initiatives 
by the Supermarkets business are expected to adversely 
impact earnings in FY19 by approximately $10m. These 
investments are anticipated to deliver earnings benefits 
beyond FY19. Additional Working Smarter savings in the 
Food pillar are expected to help mitigate the impact of 
difficult market conditions and cost inflation.
In Liquor, there is uncertainty associated with the further 
roll-out of the Container Deposit Scheme, particularly in 
Queensland, Western Australia and the Australian Capital 
Territory, which are the next States to implement their 
schemes. Despite this, the Liquor market is expected 
to continue to grow at modest levels and the business 
remains focused on building and improving the quality of 
its IBA network. 
In Hardware, we expect construction activity to continue 
at a solid level, at least through the first half of FY19. 
Earnings for the year are expected to benefit from the 
realisation of the full synergy benefits related to the 
integration of HTH. 

I would like to sincerely thank our independent retailers 
and suppliers, and the Metcash team and Board for their 
warm welcome and support. We have a shared vision of 
supporting our retail customers to be competitive through 
providing a tailored range of products that customers 
want, at reasonable prices. 
While we continue to have challenging markets, I am 
excited about our plans for the future. I look forward to 
working with our partners to ensure the independent retail 
sector remains strong and grows. 
It is a privilege to lead the Metcash team and I am excited 
about our opportunities ahead.  

Jeff Adams

Group Chief Executive Officer

As I mentioned earlier, the next five-year phase of the 
company’s strategy will focus on delivering growth 
initiatives along with cost efficiencies. We are calling this 
phase ‘Mfuture’, which includes accelerating current Pillar 
initiatives and investing in new growth and efficiency 
programs. 
Our successful Working Smarter program is now in its final 
year and will be embedded into our focus on ensuring we 
have a sustainable cost structure.  
In the Food pillar, we will focus on ensuring our 
independent retailers are positioned to deliver a 
differentiated and leading convenience offer, including 
driving growth in core ranges in produce, centre of plate, 
fresh and ready meals, and accelerating our bakery and 
deli solutions. We will also be expanding our DSA program 
to our express format stores. 
As the Chair noted, we have a strong focus on operational 
efficiencies in the Food pillar to help address the impact of 
the loss of operating leverage in South Australia related to 
the advice from Drakes Supermarkets.  
In Liquor, there is an increased focus on the premium 
market; establishing a retail presence and driving growth 
through e-commerce.
In Hardware, we are expanding the Hardings business, 
and accelerating the roll-out of new Trade Only stores and 
the Sapphire store transformation program. We also have 
an increased focus on digital platforms to drive growth, 
particularly through our Click & Collect and Tradies Online 
services.  
In Logistics, we will be repositioning our Distribution 
Centres over time to enable more frequent and smaller 
truck deliveries, and establishing cross-dock facilities 
to support our growth initiatives. We will, at all times, 
continue to have a strong focus on having a sustainable 
cost structure including streamlining our infrastructure. 

While we continue 
to have challenging 
markets, I am 
excited about our 
plans for the future.  
I look forward to 
working with our 
partners to ensure 
the independent 
retail sector remains 
strong and grows.  

8    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

CEO’s Report (continued)Financial
Highlights

STRONG FINANCIAL POSITION

$14.46bn

GROUP SALES REVENUE

$215.6m

UNDERLYING PROFIT

$288.6m

OPERATING CASH  FLOWS

$42.8m

NET CASH

10    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#FinancialHighlights

,

$
1
4
4
6
3
7
m

.

$
2
1
5
6
m

.

$
3
3
2
7
m

.

2
2
1
c

.

$
2
8
8
6
m

.

14 15 16 17

18

14 15 16 17

18

14 15 16 17

18

14 15 16 17

18

14 15 16 17

18

Sales

EBIT
(Underlying)

PAT
(Underlying)

EPS
(Underlying)

Operating cash 
flows

Financial Performance
Sales revenue ($m)
Underlying EBIT ($m)
Finance costs, net ($m)
Underlying profit after tax ($m)
Reported (loss)/profit after tax ($m)
Operating cash flows ($m)
Cash realisation ratio (%)

Financial Position
Shareholder equity ($m)
Net (cash)/debt (hedged) ($m)
Gearing ratio (net hedged) (%)
Return on funds employed (%)

Share Statistics
Fully paid ordinary shares
Weighted average ordinary shares
Underlying earnings per share (cents)
Reported (loss)/earnings per share (cents)
Dividends declared per share (cents)
Dividend payout ratio (%) 

Other Statistics
Number of employees
(full-time equivalents)

2018

20171

2016

2015

2014

 14,463.7 
332.7
(26.4)
215.6
(149.5)
288.6
102%

 14,121.9 
304.8
(33.6)
194.8
171.9
304.6
118%

 13,402.5 
286.7
(38.3)
178.3
216.5
165.8
70%

13,244.3
310.6
(68.4)
173.6
(384.2)
231.7
97%

13,045.1
378.7
(67.6)
218.4
169.2
388.7
137%

1,388.6
(42.8)
(3.2%)
23.0%

 1,637.4 
80.8
4.7%
19.0%

1,369.1
275.5
16.8%
17.2%

1,156.6
667.8
36.6%
15.1%

1,594.0
766.9
32.5%
16.2%

975.6
975.6
22.1
(15.3)
13.0
59%

975.6
958.8
20.3
17.9
4.5
22%

928.4
928.4
19.2
23.3
–
–

928.4
907.0
19.1
(42.4)
6.5
34%

888.3
882.7
24.7
19.2
18.5
75%

6,378

6,708

5,807

6,398

6,174

1. FY17 includes a 53rd week of trading

Food

Metcash’s Food pillar incorporates 
its Supermarkets and Convenience 
businesses.

In Supermarkets, we proudly support a network of over 
1,600 independently owned stores Australia-wide, 
including the well-known IGA and Foodland (IGA) brands.
In Convenience, we provide a ‘one wholesaler solution’ 
for more than 90,000 customers nationwide, including 
forecourt retail, convenience businesses, small coffee 
shops, fresh food outlets and restaurants.

Community focus

Our independent retailers sit at the heart of their local 
community. Each supermarket strives to be the ‘Best 
Store in Town’, offering its own unique character, from the 
products they sell to the local people who work there. 
Our retailer partners mix the charm, knowledge and 
convenience of a local store with the quality and 
competitive prices of a national one. The buying power 
of a combined network helps independent retailers to 
offer great value.  For example, through our Price Match 
program, retailers offer low prices across everyday items 
by matching prices on over 1,000 products to the major 
supermarket chains.
Through our Community Chest program, independent 
retailers support an enormous variety of local charities, 
sporting clubs, schools and other initiatives that benefit 
the welfare of the local community. You can read more 
about the Community Chest program in the Corporate 
Social Responsibility section of this report.

Our Community Co mid-tier private label range offers 
great value to shoppers, while also contributing to 
local communities via the Community Chest program. 
Community Co has continued to expand in range and 
store take-up since it was launched in FY17. A further 
~80 Community Co products were added to the range 
this year, bringing the total on offer to ~180. The range 
has been well received by both retailers and shoppers 
and it is delivering good sales growth. 

Strengthening our network

Through our Diamond Store Accelerator (DSA) program, 
store owners and Metcash invest in refurbishments to 
improve the shopping experience for customers. This 
includes increasing the amount of floor space provided 
for fresh produce and ready meals, and improving the 
overall layout of the store. This year a further 75 stores 
completed the DSA program, bringing total stores 
through the program to 325. These stores have reported 
average sales growth of over 10%. 
We have also been working with our independent retailer 
network to develop a ‘winning range’ of products for their 
stores. This has included deleting around 6,000 products 
from our warehouses and adding back approximately 
2,900 new products that shoppers want most. This 
shopper-led change not only benefits store customers, 
it also positions the retailers and ourselves for improved 
efficiencies and sales growth. 
As part of our increased focus on ‘buy-as-you-need’ 
food, we recently rolled out new ready meal ranges, 
including private label, to our independent retailer 
network. Ready meals are now one of our fastest 
growing food categories.

Looking forward, our initiatives focus on driving core 
ranges and growth in categories such as produce, 
centre of plate and ready meals, as well as accelerating 
our bakery and deli solutions for retailers. We are also 
looking to accelerate our store refurbishment program 
and trial a more modern express store format. 
We will also have an increased focus on organisational 
efficiencies and other costs to address the loss of sales 
from Drakes Supermarkets, as noted in the Chairman’s 
and CEO’s reports. 

Earnings performance 

Food EBIT was broadly in line with the prior year at 
$188.6m, reflecting a positive contribution from the 
Convenience business and Working Smarter cost 
savings, partly offset by a 3.6% decline in Supermarkets 
wholesale sales (excluding tobacco) and lower Joint 
Venture earnings. The prior financial year includes sales 
of $168.6m from a 53rd trading week. Adjusting for 
the impact of the 53rd week, EBIT improved compared 
to FY17. 
Total Food sales1 declined 1.2% to $8.90bn. 
Supermarkets sales1 were 1.4% lower, with growth 
on the eastern seaboard more than offset by lower 
sales in South Australia and Western Australia. Intense 
competition continued across all States, with Western 
Australia again the most challenging market. Retail sales 
across our IGA network were 0.9% lower on a LfL basis. 
Convenience sales1 were down 0.5% to $1.49bn, largely 
reflecting revisions to key customer contracts in the 
prior year.

1. 

 All sales percentage references are based on 52 trading weeks in FY17

Creating the  
‘Best Store in Town’

In 2016, Roz and Michael White developed a new 
1,200 sqm IGA store at Peregian Beach on the 
Sunshine Coast in Queensland. The $2m fit-out 
includes a stunning design and innovative features 
which have been drawn from the White family’s 
travels across Australia and overseas.
In 2018 the store was named Queensland IGA Store of 
the Year.
The Whites have had a long-held ‘buy local’ mantra 
directed towards sourcing as much produce from the 
local community as possible.
White’s IGA Peregian Beach includes all the traditional 
supermarket lines, along with several gourmet and 
hard to source items such as cheeses, breads, cured 
meats, seafood, spices, sauces and other condiments. 
The store also offers its own in-house barista where 
customers can enjoy a freshly brewed coffee.
With a wide range of vegan, gourmet smallgoods 
and salads their deli has become famous in the 
local community.

White’s IGA store, Peregian Beach, QLD

12    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#Food

Liquor

Metcash is Australia’s largest 
supplier of liquor to independently-
owned liquor retailers, and the 
second-largest broad range liquor 
wholesaler in Australia. 

Through our two divisions, Australian Liquor Marketers 
(ALM) and Independent Brands Australia (IBA), we 
supply over 12,000 hotels, liquor stores, restaurants and 
other licensed premises throughout Australia and New 
Zealand, and support over 2,700 independently owned 
stores operating under our banner group.

Australian Liquor Marketers (ALM)

ALM provides wholesale supply to a range of liquor 
outlets, and incorporates a specialist on-premise liquor 
division that supports bars, pubs, restaurants and hotels. 
It also provides a similar supply service in New Zealand 
via the Tasman Liquor Company. 
Through our network of 15 distribution centres located in 
each State and Territory in Australia, and in New Zealand, 
we support small businesses with a competitively 
priced and extensive liquor range, delivered via our cost 
effective and efficient supply chain.

Independent Brands Australia (IBA)

Earnings performance

IBA has established a stable of strong national liquor 
brands, such as Cellarbrations, The Bottle-O, IGA Liquor, 
Duncan’s, Thirsty Camel, Big Bargain and Porters. The 
group is focused on supporting independent liquor 
retailers through a framework that offers strong 
buying power, marketing support and promotional 
programs, enabling them to compete equally with larger 
competitors. 

Strengthening the network

Our independent retailers have continued to invest in 
their stores to improve the shopping experience for their 
customers. This year a further 67 stores were ‘refreshed’ 
bringing the total number of stores completing the 
‘Refresh’ program to approximately 250. There was also 
continued investment in upgrading store cool rooms with 
a further 111 cool rooms upgraded in the year. There are 
now almost 500 stores that have invested to upgrade 
their cool rooms.
Our IBA category and range extension program has been 
implemented in approximately 1,500 stores nationally. 
Through this program we provide our retailers with a 
differentiated, localised offer that includes private label 
and higher value premium products – particularly in the 
wine and spirits category to meet the consumer trend to 
less consumption, but higher quality product. 
The year also included expanding our IBA network 
through the conversion of existing wholesale customers 
to the IBA banner group, as well as through the 
acquisition of Thirsty Camel in South Australia and the 
Northern Territory which added a further 70 stores to 
our network. 

Liquor EBIT increased 2.1% to $68.4m reflecting the 
earnings benefit from increased sales to both the IBA 
network and contract customers. Working Smarter 
savings were partly offset by an increase in the 
bad debts provision in Western Australia, and costs 
associated with the implementation of the New South 
Wales Container Deposit Scheme. 
Liquor EBIT in FY17 includes earnings related to $54.6m 
of sales from the 53rd trading week.
Total Liquor sales1 increased 5.7% to $3.47bn reflecting 
increased sales from both existing and new contract 
customers, and from the annualisation of Porters 
Liquor which was acquired in the second half of FY17. 
Wholesale sales through the IBA network increased 8.8%, 
as a number of wholesale customers converted to the 
IBA banner. Retail sales in the IBA network increased 
1.5% on a LfL basis.
Looking forward, the business will continue to focus on 
its initiatives to support our independent retailers to be 
the ‘Best Store in Town’, including accelerating the store 
‘Refresh’ program. It also remains focused on growing 
the IBA retail network and will conduct retail store and 
e-commerce trials.

1. 

 All sales percentage references are based on 52 trading weeks in FY17

Expanding the 
Porters footprint 

In 2017, Metcash acquired the well known premium 
brand, Porters Liquor, joining other brands in the IBA 
network including, Cellarbrations, The Bottle-O, IGA 
Liquor, Duncan’s, Thirsty Camel and Big Bargain.
Following the establishment of our branding and 
model for expansion during the year, three new 
Porters stores were launched in Sydney, New South 
Wales, and we are now positioned to begin a national 
roll-out.
Locations for future store developments include areas 
which best support Porters premium brand offer of 
niche products such as exclusive wines, craft beers 
and spirits. 
Key to the expansion of Porters is ensuring it offers a 
range of premium products that the customer wants, 
and which are available locally at competitive prices. 
The acquisition of Porters provides our Liquor pillar 
with a significant growth opportunity. 

14    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#Liquor

 
 
Hardware

Metcash’s Independent Hardware 
Group (IHG) was established 
when it acquired Home Timber & 
Hardware in October 2016 to join 
the company’s existing Mitre 10 
business.

IHG is the largest independent hardware group in 
Australia, and a leader when it comes to servicing the 
trade market. In addition to the Mitre 10 and Home 
Timber & Hardware (HTH) brands, IHG also supports 
independent operators under the banners Thrifty-Link 
Hardware, True Value Hardware and Hardings Hardware.
IHG is Australia’s largest independent home 
improvement wholesaler, supplying more than 1,200 
stores nationwide that range from large format 
warehouses to small convenience operations, trade 
centres and frame and truss sites – each catering to a 
broad mix of trade and DIY customers. The culture of IHG 
is built on being a low-cost and transparent business 
partner to our members. 
Mitre 10 is the ‘mighty helpful’ hardware store and the 
largest independent network of hardware operators with 
over 300 stores, many located in regional Australia. Mitre 
10’s trade customers include national residential builders 
through to the local handyman – with the right service 
and products to help tradies ‘get in, get out and get on 
with it’.

Home Timber & Hardware has a national footprint of 
approximately 230 stores with more than 80% regionally 
based. It is also known for its strength in servicing the 
trade market, which gives it the credibility and know-how 
to meet the needs of the DIY customer too. 

Integration update 

The integration of HTH is now largely complete with 
synergy benefits exceeding the target set at the time 
of the acquisition. Annualised gross synergy benefits 
were approximately $34m, with gross realised synergies 
reaching a cumulative $24m at the end of the financial 
year. These synergies are after sharing merchandising 
savings with IHG store owners. Other key achievements 
include the introduction of new trading terms for all IHG 
members and the launch of a dual brand strategy and 
direction for both the Mitre 10 and HTH brands. 

Strengthening the network

Initiatives focused on supporting IHG store owners 
to be the ‘Best Store in Town’ continued to be rolled 
out through the year. A total of 30 stores have now 
completed the Sapphire store transformation program 
with average sales growth of over 15% being delivered. 
The success of the program to date has led to it being 
accelerated to target the completion of approximately 
200 stores by 2022. The Core Ranging program also 
continued to deliver good sales growth and was further 
rolled out across the network. The Core Ranging program 
now includes the key categories of fasteners, paint, 
power tools, hand tools, cement, timber and garden. 
In addition, this year we established an e-commerce 
platform across all IHG brands.

Mitre 10’s first 
Trade Only store 

Clennett’s Mitre 10 located at Mornington, Tasmania 
was Mitre 10’s first standalone Trade Only Sapphire 
store. Clennett’s hardware heritage dates back to 
1885 and it is no surprise that its reputation for 
expertise in hardware is unparalleled in the area. The 
new Trade Only store was designed as a low-cost 
model to meet the Trade customer’s needs and attract 
new customers to the Mitre 10 brand. The store opens 
at a trade-friendly 7:00am and customers are offered 
free coffee. The Trade desk is located immediately as 
you enter the building, reflecting its focus on service. 
The store also provides customer-focused initiatives 
such as ‘Tradies Online’, which enables tradies to have 
24-hour access to store statements and invoices, as 
well as online access to contract pricing and quotes. 
The store is also trialling a ‘Truck Tracker’ mobile phone 
app that enables customers to order deliveries when 
convenient, and provides users with SMS updates on 
delivery and a live map for tracking where the delivery 
truck is located.

With an aim of leveraging our strength in the Trade 
segment, the business trialled four Mitre 10 Sapphire 
Trade Only stores during the year. These trials were 
successful and the business now plans to roll out a 
further eight Trade Only stores in FY19. You can read 
more about Mitre 10’s first Trade Only store in the 
next column.   

Earnings performance 

Hardware EBIT increased $20.5m to $69.0m principally 
due to the inclusion of a full year of earnings from HTH 
(FY17: seven months) together with related synergies 
from the integration of HTH. FY17 Hardware EBIT 
includes earnings related to $30.3m of sales from the 
53rd trading week.
Hardware sales1 increased $520.1m to $2.10bn 
reflecting the inclusion of a full year of sales from HTH. 
Total wholesale sales increased 5.3%2,3, driven by strong 
trade sales. Construction activity was robust through 
most of the year, with some softening evident in the 
fourth quarter. Mitre 10 continued to perform well with 
wholesale sales increasing 8.6% (6.0% on a LfL basis), 
while sales in HTH increased 1.9% (3.4% on a LfL basis). 
Retail sales through the IHG banner group increased 
7.4%4 on a LfL basis. 
Looking forward, the business continues to focus on 
its initiatives to support its independent retailers to be 
the ‘Best Store in Town’ and leverage the strength of its 
trade business. 

1. 
2. 

3. 

 All sales percentage references are based on 52 trading weeks in FY17 
 Wholesale sales include sales by Mitre 10 and HTH to both 
independent retailers and company-owned stores
 FY17 includes HTH sales post acquisition on 2 October 2016 and pro 
forma sales pre acquisition 

4.  LfL sales growth across 104 stores

16    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#Hardware

 
Logistics

As Australia’s leading wholesaler, 
Metcash is dedicated to ensuring 
we provide the best level of service 
to our extensive network of 
independent retail and wholesale 
customers across the Food, Liquor 
and Hardware sectors.

We deliver to more than 10,000 retail customers 
supported by distribution centres in each of the major 
cities, as well as smaller regional centres. We also supply 
around 90,000 wholesale customers from smaller 
branches across the country.
We have the widest distribution network in Australia and 
deliver to all corners of the country, including Cape York 
and Cooktown in the North East, Dampier and Broome in 
the North West, Albany and Denmark in the South West 
and Tarwin Lower and Foster in the South East. 

Partner of choice

There is a strong interdependency between Metcash 
as the wholesaler, our suppliers and our independent 
retailers. Strengthening our position as ‘partner of choice’ 
is at the core of our initiatives in Logistics. This year 
included a focus on improvements to integrate supply 
chain systems with our suppliers, and continuing to 
work closely with our transport providers, as we strive to 
deliver exceptional service to our retailers. 
Supply chain integration between Metcash and our 
suppliers has streamlined and optimised processes, 

ensuring suppliers’ products are available to our retailers 
when and where they need them. 
In transport, we have worked closely with our freight 
partners to roll out ‘best in class’ management systems. 
This will enable us to provide retailers with greater 
delivery visibility and an enhanced service experience.
Building on our extensive investment in distribution 
centre automation, we have introduced further state-
of-the-art materials handling systems with the trial of 
driverless forklifts at our Huntingwood, New South Wales 
Distribution Centre. These vehicles have automated load 
and unload capabilities that increase efficiency, reduce 
the risk of human error and improve safety levels. The 
capability is being assessed for further deployment into 
other Metcash distribution centres. 
New initiatives focused on digitalisation have enabled 
‘best in class’ product data exchange from our suppliers. 
This has enhanced our ability to support suppliers and 
independent retailers to be first to market with new 
product launches. You can read about some recent 
examples of this on the following page. 

Network for the future

Metcash is transforming its distribution network over 
time to support the company’s focus on small format 
and convenience stores and growth in short shelf life 
perishable, fresh and ‘buy-as-you-need’ categories. This 
requires a more agile and responsive supply chain, with 
dedicated cross-dock facilities and a ‘high frequency’ 
delivery network to complement distribution to large 
format stores from our larger distribution centres. 
Further information on Metcash’s strategic focus is 
provided in the CEO’s Report commencing on page 6.

First to market 
for independent 
retailers

Metcash champions independent retailers to offer 
their customers the latest products as soon as they 
are available to the market. This involves working 
closely with suppliers and streamlining the end-
to-end processes for getting the new products on 
our retailers’ shelves wherever they are located in 
Australia. During the year we helped our IGA retailers 
be ‘first to market’ with many new products. These 
included new launches for Arnott’s biscuits and 
Nescafé Gold, as well as almost all new PepsiCo 
(Smiths) products including Doritos Colossal and Red 
Rock Deli popcorn. These new products were on our 
retailers’ shelves between one to five weeks earlier 
than competitor stores.  

“What a great result for IGA stores for Metcash to 
have been able to achieve first to market status on the 
majority of the new products we’ve launched over the 
past 9-12 months.”

Business Manager, PepsiCo

Major 
Distribution 
Centre

Smaller Regional  
Centres

Proposed new Distribution Centre  
in South Australia

Metcash has been investigating the merits of a new 
‘best in class’ distribution centre in South Australia. 
The new distribution centre will deliver operational 
efficiencies and enable local independent retailers to 
access a wider range of products. It will also benefit 
local suppliers by providing an efficient route to market 
for their products through access to Metcash’s national 
distribution network.
The assessment is progressing with design and site 
identification well advanced; and regulatory approvals 
are underway.

18    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#Logistics

ClipboardPageNumber    |     Metcash  MelbourneAdelaideAlice SpringsDarwinHobartSydneyBrisbanePerth 
Corporate Social  
Responsibility

At Metcash, being a responsible 
business is fundamental to our 
operating principles and it is 
embedded in our overarching 
business strategy. 

Significant progress was made during the year across 
our social and environmental practices. This included 
increased community engagement and support, removing 
single use plastic bags across our supermarket network, 
improving our responsible sourcing practices and reducing 
our energy usage and waste to landfill.

Community

Metcash recognises that it plays an important role in 
the communities in which it operates, including being an 
integral part of the social fabric of many of the regional 
communities where our independent retailers are located. 
Our support to community organisations consists of 
financial support from our independent retailers and 
Metcash, the donation of staff time, and the donation 
of product from our Food pillar. Metcash has supported 
local communities through the IGA Community Chest 
Trust Fund for the past 29 years. The Fund has raised over 
$80m during this time for distribution to local charities, 
regional sporting groups, hospitals, health and wellbeing 
initiatives, local fire services and disaster relief efforts to 
name a few. 

In calendar year 2017, $2.3m was raised through the Fund 
and distributed to over 440 local schools and 470 local 
sport and recreational clubs, as well as our three charity 
partners: The McGrath Foundation; Special Olympics 
Australia; and Vinnies Christmas Appeal. 
Metcash staff participated in the ‘Vinnies CEO Sleepout’ 
held during the year at various venues across the country 
and raised over $63,000 to support this worthwhile cause. 
A number of other activities were held by our staff across 
many of our sites to raise awareness and support for 
those in need. Over $55,000 was raised collectively 
through these activities. 
Food waste reduction remains a primary focus for our 
business and our retailer network. Metcash is a long-time 
partner of Foodbank and has donated over one million 
kilograms of both food and non-food items to Foodbank 
over the past eight years. Through this partnership we 
play a small but important role in supporting those in 
our community that are the most vulnerable and require 
assistance. A number of our IGA retailers also support the 
work of OzHarvest through the supply of fresh food. 
Metcash and our retailer partners have collectively 
donated 369,000kg of food and 4,340kg of non-food to 
Foodbank and OzHarvest over the past year.

Healthier food, healthier people  
and communities 

We believe our business has a role in supporting healthy 
communities through the development and ranging 
of nutritious healthy products, and through creating 
programs and educational tools that help all consumers 
make healthy food choices. 
The development of our Community Co range of products 
has enabled us to deliver a quality private label offer that 
excludes artificial flavours and colours. The brand also 
supports our local communities through the donation of 
a portion of sales proceeds to the IGA Community Chest 
Trust Fund. 
Our IGA Family Program provides communities with 
access to a range of educational tools on how to live a 
healthier lifestyle, including recipes for healthy eating 
options. The program has been in existence for two years, 
with more than 20,000 families already registered and 
receiving materials to help live healthier lifestyles. 
The program also partners with the Stephanie Alexander 
Kitchen Garden Foundation (SAKGF) to provide our retail 
network with an avenue to support onsite gardens and 
kitchens in schools. The SAKGF assists schools to develop 
a program that teaches students how to grow and harvest 
produce and cook delicious food, helping to establish 
strong fresh food principles from an early age.
Since the commencement of the partnership in July 2017, 
we have supported 30 school kitchen garden programs 
across Australia.

Maroochydore 
Swans  
Kick 4 Kids Day

IGA independent retailers on the Sunshine Coast 
spent a day supporting the Maroochydore Swans 
Kick 4 Kids Day. This event brings special-needs 
children from local schools to the Maroochydore 
Football Club to be hosted by local football coach Tim 
Sheridan. 
The day aims to create awareness of special needs,  
show the children that the community cares about 
them, and provide the children with skills they can 
adapt for later employment.
Local Sunshine Coast retailer Roz White of Whites 
SUPA IGA Bli Bli is a great supporter of the program. 
Roz said: 
“The IGA Swans Kick 4 Kids Day is an event close to 
our hearts as we are very passionate about supporting 
disabled people through employment in our stores. We 
know this makes a huge difference for them and their 
lives. We have three disabled team members including 
Mitchell who has worked with us for four-and-a-half 
years, and is an integral part of our team. Our local 
shoppers are very supportive of him too. The Swans Kick 
4 Kids Day is a real highlight for the Whites SUPA IGA Bli 
Bli team who assisted on the day.” 

Metcash has been a national donor to Foodbank since 2010

The IGA Family Program supports healthy communities

Maroochydore Swans Kick 4 Kids Day

20    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#CorporateSocialResponsibility

Corporate Social Responsibility (continued)

People
Diversity, inclusion and our people

We believe that our people are our most valued asset, 
with belonging and inclusion fundamental to our 
culture and core values. We recognise that each person 
has unique strengths, and that high performance is 
underpinned by embracing those strengths.
Progress against gender targets is regularly reported 
to the Board and includes a focus on improving female 
representation in leadership and in roles traditionally 
occupied by males. At the end of the financial year, our 
workforce comprised 31.5% female and 68.5% male, 
supported by our equal opportunity hiring policies. The 
gender mix of the Metcash Board is now 57% female and 
43% male following the appointment of our fourth female 
non-executive director during the year.
Our Group CEO, Jeff Adams, became a Gender Pay Equity 
Ambassador under the Workplace Gender Equality 
Agency (WGEA) during the year replacing former Group 
CEO Ian Morrice. Through this organisation Metcash has 
pledged to drive gender pay equality. The company was 
pleased to report that Metcash’s gender pay gap at the 
end of the financial year had reduced to less than 2%. 
Initiatives implemented during the year to better support 
gender equality and workplace flexibility included:
-  

 An increase in paid parental leave for primary carers 
from 10 to 12 weeks;
 Release of a new Domestic and Family Violence policy 
that provides eligible employees access to paid  
and/or unpaid leave and support through the 
Employee Assistance Program;
 The provision of a more robust grievance process for 
sexual harassment and discrimination;
 An additional week of annual leave for employees 
with eligibility criteria designed to encourage our 
people to balance work and home commitments; and
 School holiday support across a number of sites, for 
working parents through our Camp Metcash program 
that offers care for employees’ children between the 
ages of 4-14.

-  

-  

-  

-  

Metcash also formally recognised International Men’s 
Day and International Women’s Day events and provided 
facilitated discussion forums for all staff. 

22    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Health, wellbeing and safety 

Metcash remains committed to the continuous 
reinforcement of ‘Zero Harm’, the prevention of work-
related injury and illness to employees, visitors, 
contractors and members of the public in all areas in 
which we operate.
This year we adopted the more widely used Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) as our key 
safety performance measure. This measure comprises 
Lost Time Injuries, Medical Treatment Injuries and 
Restricted Work Cases. The use of this wider measure 
has helped improve our incident reporting and 
investigation culture within Metcash, which is reflected 
in TRIFR reducing by 11% from 41.2 (excluding Home 
Timber & Hardware) in FY17 to 36.7 (inclusive of Home 
Timber & Hardware) in FY18. 
Our safety goal remains ‘Zero Harm’ and we have 
implemented a number of new initiatives based around 
‘making safety simple’ to help further improve our safety 
performance and continue our drive towards this goal.
In addition to safety, the wellbeing of our people is 
a top priority. Metcash provides employees with the 
opportunity to access a range of benefits to promote 
wellbeing. These include wellbeing leave days, 
flexible working arrangements, counselling services, 
paid parental leave and allowing eligible employees 
to access an additional week of leave per year 
as mentioned.

Human rights and modern slavery

Metcash has a wide and diverse supply chain that 
encompasses goods and services from both food 
and non-food sectors. The company is committed 
to upholding human rights within our business and 
across our supply chain. We acknowledge our role and 
responsibility in seeking to safeguard human rights 
through responsible, ethical and sustainable business 
practices.
We support the United Nations Framework and Guiding 
Principles on Business and Human Rights and the eight 
international fundamental conventions. We reinforce our 
core value of treating people with dignity and respect, 
and we aim to ensure that our supply chains and 
operations do not contain products as a result of forced, 
bonded or child labour practices.
We work collaboratively with our supply chain partners 
to ensure that suppliers have appropriate procedures and 
practices in place to deliver compliance with the above 
principles. We undertake supplier assurance audits as 
part of the on-boarding process for suppliers, and are 

Energy reduction

Our distribution centres, warehouses and associated 
refrigeration systems are the largest users of energy 
across our businesses and represent our greatest 
opportunities for energy reduction.
This year we reduced our total energy use by 7% from 
446,361 GJ to 415,485 GJ. The improvement was largely 
driven by initiatives including the retrofitting of LED 
lighting across our distribution network, as well as more 
efficient energy usage. Many of our Distribution Centres 
have now implemented the off-peak charging of forklifts, 
as well as refrigeration and lighting controls to reduce 
electricity usage.

Sustainable farmers

We are passionate about enabling our independent 
retailers to support local farmers, especially those 
that use sustainable agriculture techniques. Glenn and 
Katrina Morris from Figtrees Organic Farms supply local 
IGAs in northern New South Wales by bringing their 
customers fresh, sustainable and nutritious produce, 
direct from the farm gate.
The Morrises are very aware of the environmental impact 
of pesticide and fertiliser overuse in agriculture, with 
Glenn raising the public profile of these issues by riding 
his horse across the Sydney Harbour Bridge in 2017.
The Morris’ emphasis is on working with natural 
processes and creating healthy ecosystems on their 
land. Figtrees Organic Farms have been regenerated 
from tired conventionally-run farms, to thriving healthy 
landscapes bursting with abundance. Katrina is also 
passionate about education and teaching children the 
importance of understanding where their food comes 
from to help improve their health and well being.

Bingara IGA owner John Bishton works closely  
with John Morris from Figtrees Organic Farms

able to identify non-conformance through desktop and 
physical audits. However, we recognise that this may 
not detect all breaches, and we continue to investigate 
opportunities for improvement. 
Metcash is preparing a Modern Slavery Statement that 
will be completed and made available in FY19.
Environment
Responsible sourcing

Metcash remains committed to the sourcing of products 
and services in a responsible manner. As a member of 
the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil (RSPO), we 
work with our suppliers to ensure we maintain 100% 
Certified Sustainable Palm Oil (CSPO) in all of our private 
label products.
We have been recognised for our efforts in using 
CSPO through a unique partnership with the Taronga 
Conservation Society Tiger Exhibit and ‘Zoopermart’. This 
partnership aims to promote the use of products that 
contain 100% CSPO, and Metcash products are included in 
their interactive displays.
We are also committed to the phasing out of cage eggs 
in our private label range by the end of 2018, and are on 
track to achieve this.
All suppliers of timber to our Hardware pillar are 100% 
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) or Program for the 
Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) certified. We 
are also working towards 100% FSC or PEFC certification 
for all of our private label brand toilet paper, tissues and 
paper towels by 2020.

Waste

We remain focused on reducing waste and diverting 
material from landfill and continue to work closely with 
our waste and recycling contractors to achieve this. In 
FY18, 82.5% of our waste was diverted from landfill, with 
the majority being paper, plastics and cardboard sent for 
recycling; as well as over 300 tonnes of food that was 
donated to Foodbank. 
Last year Metcash and our independent retailers 
committed to eliminate the distribution and sale of single 
use plastic bags by 30 June 2018.
In April 2018, Metcash joined the Australian Packaging 
Covenant’s Soft Plastic Working Group to collaborate with 
government and industry partners to reduce the use of 
soft plastic. We anticipate working closely with this group 
to develop innovative solutions to repurpose soft plastic. 
This will include liaising with our suppliers to support the 
reduction of plastic packaging across our private label and 
fresh product range.

Our People

Senior management

Our Board

Jeff Adams
BA, Business Administration &  
Management

CEO  
Metcash Group

Jeff has over 40 years of 
international retail experience 
across domestic and 
international businesses in the 
United States, Europe, Asia, 
Central America and the Middle 
East. Most recently, Jeff was 
CEO of Operations for Turkey at 
Tesco Kipa.

Mark Laidlaw
B.Ec, CPA

CEO  
Independent  
Hardware Group

Mark joined Metcash in 2001 
and was appointed CEO of  
Mitre 10 Australia in May 2010. 

Mark has extensive experience 
in general management, sales, 
operations and commercial 
management and prior to joining 
Metcash, Mark worked for  
Mobil Oil.

Scott Marshall
B.Business

Rod Pritchard
Dip. Marketing

CEO  
Supermarkets & Convenience

Interim Chief Executive 
Australian Liquor Marketers

Scott began his career with 
Metcash in the ALM business 
25 years ago and was appointed 
CEO of ALM in December 2013. 
In March 2018 Scott was 
appointed CEO, Supermarkets & 
Convenience.

His areas of experience cover 
warehousing operations and 
management, sales, retail 
operations, State general 
management and marketing 
management.

In 2015 Rod joined ALM 
and was General Manager, 
Merchandise for three years 
before being appointed as 
interim CEO in March 2018.

Rod has over 18 years’ 
experience in the liquor industry, 
including a 15-year period with 
Brown-Forman (operating as 
Swift & Moore until 2006).

Robert Murray
MA Hons, Economics (Cantab) 

Jeff Adams
BA, Business Administration &  
Management

Fiona Balfour
BA (Hons), MBA, Grad Dip IM, FAICD 

Anne Brennan
BCom (Hons), FCA, FAICD 

Non-executive Chairman

CEO, Executive Director  

Non-executive Director

Non-executive Director

Chair of the Nomination 
Committee.

Chair of People & Culture 
Committee, Member of the 
Nomination Committee.

Member of the Audit, Risk 
& Compliance Committee, 
Member of the Nomination 
Committee.

Brad Soller 
B.Comm, B.Acc, M.Comm, CA (SA)

CFO 
Metcash Group

Linda Venables 
B.Sc Hons

Chief Logistics Officer – 
Food & Liquor

Brad joined Metcash in January 
2015 and prior to that was the 
CFO of David Jones and CFO of 
Lendlease. 

Linda started with Metcash 
in October 2013 and was 
appointed Chief Logistics Officer 
in February 2015. 

Brad is a Chartered Accountant 
having worked with PwC in both 
London and Johannesburg.

Linda’s career spans both 
FMCG and Retail, including third 
party logistics in Europe and 
the Australian retail market. 
Linda also has extensive 
systems implementation, 
program management and 
M&A experience.

Edwin Gear
B.Sc, MBA

Penny Coates
BA Hons, Chartered Fellow CIPD, GAICD

Chief Information Officer

Chief People & Culture Officer

Edwin joined Metcash in 2014 
and was appointed as Group 
CIO in April 2015. Edwin is 
responsible for IT’s cross-
functional collaboration with 
Group companies. 

Before joining Metcash Edwin 
held various executive roles in 
merchandising, logistics and 
technology with Foodstuffs 
Wellington and Mitre10 in  
New Zealand and Supergroup  
in South Africa. 

Penny joined Metcash in 2015 
as Chief People & Culture 
Officer. Penny has extensive 
international HR and line 
management experience gained 
in the retail, financial services 
and professional services 
industries. 

Prior to joining Metcash 
Penny worked for TAL as its 
Chief Customer Service & 
Operations Officer.

Tonianne Dwyer
BJuris Hons, LLB Hons, GAICD

Non-executive Director

Chair of the Audit, Risk & 
Compliance Committee, 
Member of the Nomination 
Committee.

Murray Jordan

MPA

Non-executive Director

Member of the Audit, Risk 
& Compliance Committee, 
Member of the Nomination 
Committee and the People & 
Culture Committee.

Helen Nash
BA Hons, GAICD

Julie Hutton
B Asian Studies (Viet), LLB, LLM, GAICD

Non-executive Director

Company Secretary

Member of the People & Culture 
Committee, Member of the 
Nomination Committee.

For Directors’ biographies, please see page 35 of the Annual Report. For more information on Board evaluation, please refer to the 
Corporate Governance page on our website: www.metcash.com/corporate-information/corporate-governance

24    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#OurPeople

#OurBoard

 
#Financial Report

Financial Report
For the year ended 30 April 2018

Contents
Directors’ Report  

Statement of comprehensive income  

Statement of financial position  

Statement of changes in equity  

Statement of cash flows  

Notes to the financial statements  

Directors’ declaration  

Auditor’s Independence Declaration  

Independent Auditor’s Report 

27

57

58

59

60

61

99

100

101

26    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#FinancialReport

Directors’ report 
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2017
Your Directors submit their report of Metcash Limited (the ‘Company’) and its controlled entities (together the ‘Group’ or 
‘Metcash’) for the financial year ended 30 April 2018 (‘FY18’).  

Operating and Financial Review  

1.  Metcash’s business model 
Metcash is Australia’s leading wholesaler and distributor, supplying and supporting approximately 5,000 independent retailers 
forming part of our bannered network and approximately 100,000 other businesses across the food and grocery, liquor and 
hardware industries. Metcash’s retail customers operate some of Australia’s leading independent brands including: IGA, Mitre 10, 
Home Timber & Hardware (HTH) and Cellarbrations.  

Metcash operates a low cost distribution model that enables its independent retail customers to compete against the vertically 
integrated retail chains and other competitors. The Group’s core competencies include: procurement, logistics, marketing, retail 
development and retail operational support. Metcash operates major distribution centres in all the mainland states of Australia. 
These are complemented by a number of smaller warehouses and the Campbells branch network.  

The Group employs over 6,000 people and indirectly supports further employment via its network of Successful Independents. 

2.  Strategic objectives 

Metcash’s strategic vision is to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

be a business partner of choice for suppliers and independents; 
support independent retailers to be the Best Store in Town; 
be passionate about independents; and 
promote thriving communities, giving shoppers choice.  

The strategic vision is supported by a number of key programs and initiatives across the three pillars (Food & Grocery, Liquor and 
Hardware) aimed at supporting our independent retailers. These include store upgrade support, the introduction of private label 
brands, core ranging, marketing support, as well as training and development programs for independent retailers. 

The Group commenced the Working Smarter program towards the end of FY16. This three year program (FY17 - FY19) continues to 
reduce complexity in business processes and makes it simpler for customers and suppliers to do business with Metcash. 

The program spans all business pillars and support functions and includes optimisation of organisational and cross-pillar 
structures; buying, promotions and pricing models; supply chain and non-trade procurement. The program will help mitigate 
ongoing inflationary pressure on the Group’s cost base. 

3.  Key developments  
Potential new distribution centre (DC) and loss of major customer in South Australia 

On 28 May 2018, the Group announced that it is planning for a potential new purpose-built DC in South Australia. If approved and 
constructed, the DC will enable local independent retailers in South Australia to benefit from significant operational efficiencies, as 
well as accessing a broader range of products. It would also benefit local suppliers through the opening up of a pathway to access 
Metcash’s extensive distribution network. 

The Group also announced that the Drakes Supermarkets group (Drakes) has advised that it will not be making a commitment to 
have its supermarkets in South Australia supplied from Metcash’s proposed new DC. Drakes later confirmed that they intend to 
supply these stores out of their own new DC that is currently under development. 

As a result of the loss of this commitment, and the intensifying economic and competitive environment, particularly in Western 
Australia, an impairment expense of $352.1 million was recorded against the carrying value of goodwill and other net assets in the 
Food & Grocery segment. This expense is presented separately within ‘significant items’ in the income statement. Refer note 3 of the 
financial report for further information. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

1 

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2017
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Changes in key management personnel (KMP) 
Jeff Adams joined the Group on 4 September 2017 and was appointed as Group Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Executive Director 
on 5 December 2017 following Ian Morrice’s resignation from these roles. Ian assisted with Jeff’s transition into the role from 
September 2017 until June 2018. 

Patrick Allaway announced his intention to retire from his roles as Non-executive Director and Chair of the Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee following completion of the Group’s FY18 financial reporting process in June 2018. 

Anne Brennan joined the Metcash Board as a Non-executive Director and a member of the Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee in 
March 2018.  

Details of Directors’ experience and qualifications are included within this report. 

Scott Marshall was appointed as Chief Executive Officer – Supermarkets and Convenience (S&C) in March 2018 following Steven 
Cain’s resignation from the role. Scott has been with Metcash for over 25 years, including as CEO Australian Liquor Marketers and 
also had a leadership role in the S&C operations in Western Australia. Rod Pritchard, General Manager Merchandise, is acting in the 
role of CEO Australian Liquor Marketers on an interim basis, while the formal recruitment process is underway.  

Dividend declaration 

The Group recommenced dividend payments following the FY17 results announcement, and has paid $102.4 million in dividends 
during the current financial year – a total of 10.5 cents per share. The Board has determined to pay a fully franked final FY18 
dividend of 7.0 cents, which represents a full year dividend payout ratio of 59% of Underlying Earnings Per Share. 

4.  Key financial measures 

Warehouse earnings 

Metcash’s operations are designed to allow significant volumes to be distributed through its warehouse infrastructure. The ability to 
leverage warehouse efficiencies is a key driver of the Group’s profitability.  

In addition to warehouse revenue, earnings are impacted by product category mix and the proportion of the Group’s products 
bought by the network. Warehouse sales and related margins are driven by competitive pricing, promotional activities and the level 
of supplier support through volumetric and other rebates.  

Metcash has a number of key programs in place to drive sales and margins, including through pricing and promotion, product 
range, retail operational standards and consumer alignment. 

Cost of doing business 

The Group’s profitability depends on the efficiency and effectiveness of its operating model. This is achieved by optimising the 
Group’s cost of doing business (CODB) - which comprises the various costs of operating the distribution centres and the 
administrative support functions.  

Working Smarter is a key strategic program aimed at maximising the effectiveness of the Group’s CODB. 

Funds employed and return on capital 

The Group’s funds employed is primarily influenced by the seasonal working capital cycle and the maintenance of a strong focus on 
cash flow through optimal stock levels and debtors management.  

The Group has longer term capital investments in its supply chain capabilities, including warehouse automation technologies and 
software development. The Group also manages a portfolio of short-to-medium term investments to support the independent 
network, mainly in the form of equity participation or short term loans.  

The Board’s intention is to reinvest adequate funds within the business for future growth and otherwise return earnings to 
shareholders. 

Impact of the 53rd trading week in FY17 

The current financial year (FY18) comprises a 52 week trading period (from 1 May 2017 to 29 April 2018) as compared to a 53 week 
period in FY17 (from 25 April 2016 to 30 April 2017). Section 5 of this report provides an overview of the Group’s financial 
performance. 

Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Impact of new accounting standards on key financial measures 

Metcash’s key financial measures will be influenced by the application of new accounting standards in the coming financial years. 
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and AASB 9 Financial Instruments are applicable to the Group from FY19, and AASB 
16 Leases is applicable from FY20.  

Appendix A to the financial report provides a comprehensive description of the key changes arising from the new accounting 
standards and the expected impact on the Group in the respective years of their initial application. 

5.  Review of financial results 

Group overview 

Sales revenue 

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 
Net finance costs 
Underlying profit before tax 
Tax expense on underlying profit 
Non-controlling interests 
Underlying profit after tax (i) 
Significant items 
Tax benefit attributable to significant items 

Net (loss)/profit for the year 

Underlying earnings per share (cents) (ii) 
Reported (loss)/earnings per share (cents) 

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

14,463.7 

14,121.9  

400.7 
(68.0) 
332.7 
 (26.4) 
306.3 
(87.9) 
 (2.8) 
215.6 
 (380.1) 
15.0 

(149.5) 

22.1  
(15.3) 

368.3 
(63.5) 
304.8 
(33.6) 
271.2 
(74.6) 
(1.8) 
194.8 
(32.7) 
9.8 

171.9 

20.3  
17.9  

(i) 

(ii) 

Underlying profit after tax is defined as reported profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent, excluding 
significant items identified in note 3(vii) of the financial report.  
Underlying earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing underlying profit after tax by the weighted average shares 
outstanding during the period.  

The Group generated sales revenue of $14.46 billion, an increase of 4.3% on the prior financial year after adjusting for a 53rd trading 
week in FY17, largely reflecting the inclusion of HTH for a full financial year (FY17: 7 months). 

Underlying profit after tax increased 10.7% to $215.6 million (FY17: $194.8 million) and includes strong earnings growth in the 
Hardware pillar, with a full year of earnings from the HTH acquisition compared to seven months in FY17.  

The Group reported a statutory loss of $149.5 million after tax (FY17: statutory profit of $171.9 million after tax). The reported loss is 
due to the impairment of goodwill and other net assets of $345.5 million (post tax) in the Food & Grocery pillar, which was 
announced on 6 June 2018.  

Group EBIT increased 9.2% to $332.7 million (FY17: $304.8 million), predominantly driven by earnings growth in the Hardware pillar 
following the acquisition of HTH.  Earnings also increased in the Liquor pillar through continued growth in the IBA network. Earnings 
in the Food & Grocery pillar were flat compared to the prior financial year, but improved after adjusting for the 53rd trading week in 
FY17. 

Group EBIT includes a positive contribution from Corporate of $6.7 million (FY17: $1.2 million), principally due to the reversal of a 
provision against the Huntingwood, NSW DC hail insurance claim, which was settled in 1H18.  

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

2 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

3 

28    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2017
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Segment results  

Segment 
revenue 

Earnings before interest and tax 
(EBIT) 

FY18 
$m 

8,899.6 
3,465.5 
2,098.6 
- 
14,463.7 

FY17 
$m 

9,180.0 
3,333.1 
1,608.8 
- 
14,121.9 

FY18 
$m 

188.6 
68.4 
69.0 
6.7 
332.7 

FY17 
$m 

188.1 
67.0 
48.5 
1.2 
304.8 

Food & Grocery 
Liquor 
Hardware 
Corporate 
Metcash Group 

Food & Grocery 

Total Food & Grocery sales declined 1.2% to $8.90 billion (FY17: $9.01 billion, excluding the 53rd trading week).  

Supermarkets sales declined 1.4% with growth on the Eastern seaboard more than offset by lower sales in South Australia and 
Western Australia. Intense competition continued across all states, with Western Australia again the most challenging market due to 
the ongoing rollout of competitor footprint and weak economic conditions.  

Supermarkets wholesale sales (excluding tobacco) declined 3.6%, with deflation continuing to be a key driver of the decline, as 
competitor investment in price and promotions remained at high levels. Grocery deflation for the year was 2.4% (FY17: 2.0%), with 
some slowing in the rate of deflation in the second half of the financial year.  

Retail sales across our IGA retail network declined 0.9% on a like for like basis (LfL).   

Convenience sales decreased 0.5% to $1.49 billion (FY17: $1.50 billion, excluding the 53rd trading week) reflecting the cycling of 
revisions to key customer contracts in 1H18, partly offset by increased sales in 2H18 that reflect growth in sales to a large contract 
customer. 

Food & Grocery EBIT was broadly flat at $188.6 million (FY17: $188.1 million), reflecting a positive contribution from the 
Convenience business and Working Smarter cost savings, partly offset by the impact of the decline in Supermarkets wholesale sales 
(excluding tobacco), and lower joint venture earnings which were negatively impacted by prior period one-off adjustments. 

FY17 Food & Grocery EBIT includes earnings related to $168.6 million of sales from the 53rd trading week. 

Liquor 

Total Liquor sales increased 5.7% to $3.47 billion (FY17: $3.28 billion, excluding the 53rd trading week) reflecting increased sales 
from both existing and new contract customers, and from the annualisation of Porters Liquor, which was acquired in 2H17. 
Wholesale sales through the IBA network increased 8.8% as a number of wholesale customers converted to the IBA banner. Retail 
sales in the IBA network increased 1.5% on a LfL basis. 

EBIT increased 2.1% to $68.4 million reflecting the earnings benefit from increased sales to both the IBA network and contract 
customers. Working Smarter savings were partly offset by an increase in the bad debts provision in Western Australia and costs 
associated with the implementation of the NSW Container Deposit Scheme noted at the half year results.  

FY17 Liquor EBIT includes earnings related to $54.6 million of sales from the 53rd trading week.  

Hardware 

Hardware sales increased $520.1 million to $2.10 billion (FY17: $1.58 billion, excluding the 53rd trading week) reflecting the inclusion 
of a full year of sales from HTH (FY17: 7 months).  

Total wholesale sales increased 5.3%, driven by strong trade sales. Construction activity was robust through most of the year, with 
some softening evident in the fourth quarter. Mitre 10 continued to perform well with wholesale sales increasing 8.6% (6.0% on a LfL 
basis), while sales in HTH increased 1.9% (3.4% on a LfL basis).  

Retail sales through the IHG banner group increased 7.4% on a LfL basis.  

EBIT increased $20.5 million to $69.0 million (FY17: $48.5 million) principally due to the inclusion of a full year of earnings from HTH 
(FY17: 7 months) together with related synergies. 

FY17 Hardware EBIT includes earnings related to $30.3 million of sales from the 53rd trading week. 

Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Corporate 

The Corporate result of $6.7 million (FY17: $1.2 million) is principally due to the reversal of a provision against the Huntingwood, 
NSW DC hail insurance claim which was settled in FY18. The FY18 result included $2.8 million of net gains on sale of surplus 
properties. 

Finance costs and tax 

Net finance costs reduced reflecting lower debt utilisation as a result of tight working capital management and prudent capital 
expenditure.  

Tax expense of $87.9 million on underlying profit represents an effective tax rate of 28.7% (FY17: 27.5%). The lower effective tax rate 
in FY17 reflects distributions from equity-accounted investments and the application of capital tax losses. 

Significant items 

On 28 May 2018, Metcash advised the market that the Drakes Supermarkets group had communicated their intention not to provide 
a long-term commitment to the new proposed Metcash DC in South Australia. Shortly after Metcash’s ASX announcement, Drakes 
confirmed to the market that their own DC in South Australia is currently under development. 

As a result of the loss of this commitment, and the intensifying economic and competitive environment, particularly in Western 
Australia, an impairment expense of $352.1 million was recorded against the carrying value of assets in the Food & Grocery segment. 
The impairment expense predominantly related to goodwill and other intangible assets, but also included certain residual tangible 
assets and lease exposures.  

Other items reported separately within ‘significant items’ include acquisition and integration costs in relation to the HTH 
acquisition and implementation costs in relation to the Working Smarter program. Refer note 3 of the financial report for further 
information. 

Cash flows 

Operating cash flows 
Investing cash flows 
Equity raised (net) 
Dividends paid and other financing activities  
Reduction in net debt 

FY18 
$m 

288.6 
(56.1) 
- 
(108.9) 
123.6 

FY17 
$m 

304.6 
(198.6) 
92.8 
(4.1) 
194.7 

The Group continued to deliver strong operating cash flows during the current year. Excluding a non-recurring cash receipt of  
~$20 million in relation to the Huntingwood insurance claim during FY18, and a non-recurring working capital benefit of  
~$43 million related to the acquisition of HTH in FY17, operating cash flows were broadly in line with last year, supported by strong 
cash generation from HTH and a continued focus on efficient working capital management.  

The Group had net investing outflows of $56.1 million which primarily related to capital expenditure. The prior year investing 
outflows of $198.6 million included payments related to the HTH acquisition.  

The Group recommenced dividend payments following the FY17 results announcement, and has paid $102.4 million in dividends 
during the current financial year – a total of 10.5 cents per share. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

4 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

5 

30    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Financial position 

Trade receivables and prepayments 
Trade receivables - customer charge cards agreement  
Inventories 
Trade payables and provisions 
Customer charge cards agreement  
Net working capital 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Equity-accounted investments 
Customer loans and assets held for sale 
Total funds employed 
Net cash/(debt) 
Tax, put options and derivatives 
Net assets/equity 

FY18 
$m 

1,184.2 
274.0 
784.4 
(1,896.2) 
(274.0) 
72.4 
818.4 
236.7 
88.3 
51.4 
1,267.2 
42.8 
78.6 
1,388.6 

FY17 
$m 

1,133.3 
276.0 
759.2 
(1,811.4) 
(276.0) 
81.1 
1,152.7 
242.1 
103.3 
51.9 
1,631.1 
(80.8) 
87.1 
1,637.4 

The Group balance sheet remains strong, with a strong cash position supported by an optimised level of net working capital. The 
$352.1 million significant items impairment primarily impacted non-current assets and provisions. 

The Group invested $52.1 million in capital expenditure during the year, partially offsetting depreciation and amortisation expenses 
of $68.0 million.  

Group net debt reduced by $123.6 million during the current year, from a net debt position of $80.8 million at FY17 to a net cash 
position of $42.8 million. Metcash had $712.7 million in unused debt facilities available at the reporting date for immediate use. 

Commitments, contingencies and other financial exposures 

Metcash’s operating lease commitments, which predominantly relate to warehouses and retail stores, decreased from  
$1,491.7 million to $1,373.1 million at 30 April 2018. Of the total commitment, $578.9 million is recoverable from tenants under sub-
leases, down from $617.0 million at the end of April 2017. Further details of lease commitments are presented in note 17 of the 
financial statements.  

Put options, including in relation to Ritchies Stores Pty Ltd, are detailed along with other contingent liabilities in note 15 of the 
financial statements. 

Metcash has a relatively low exposure to interest rate risk and minimal foreign exchange exposures. Variable interest rate exposures 
on core debt are hedged in accordance with the Treasury Policy between a minimum and maximum range. At year end, 79% of 
gross debt was fixed. Further details are set out in note 15 of the financial statements. 

6.  Outlook  
In Food & Grocery, we have seen some improvement in sales through the first seven weeks of FY19. Despite this, we do not expect a 
material change in FY19 to the highly competitive market conditions experienced in FY18.  

As stated in our ASX release on 28 May 2018, we do not expect the advice from Drakes Supermarkets regarding their intention to 
supply their own stores in South Australia to have a material impact on the earnings of our Supermarkets business in FY19. The 
business will focus on operational efficiencies to help address the impact of the loss of operating leverage in South Australia beyond 
FY19. 

Planned investments in growth initiatives by the Supermarkets business in FY19 are expected to adversely impact earnings for the 
year by ~$10 million. These operating investments are expected to deliver earnings benefits beyond FY19.  

Additional Working Smarter savings in the Food & Grocery pillar are expected to help mitigate the impact of difficult market 
conditions and cost inflation.   

In Liquor, there is uncertainty associated with the further rollout of the Container Deposit Scheme, particularly in Queensland, 
Western Australia and the ACT, which are the next states to implement their schemes.  Despite this, the Liquor market is expected to 
continue to grow at modest levels. The Liquor pillar remains focused on building and improving the quality of its IBA network.  

In Hardware, we expect construction activity to continue at a solid level, at least through the first half of FY19.  Earnings for the year 
are expected to benefit from the realisation of the full synergy benefits related to the integration of Home Timber & Hardware.  

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

7.  Material business risks 
The following section outlines the material business risks that may impact on the Group achieving its strategic objectives and 
business operations, including the mitigating factors put in place to address those risks. The material risks are not set out in any 
particular order and exclude general risks that could have a material effect on most businesses in Australia under normal operating 
conditions.  

Strategic risks 

Consumer behaviour and preferences continue to change and are influenced by factors such as economic conditions, healthy living 
trends and increasing choices in both online and in-store retail options.  

Metcash’s business operations and strategic priorities are subject to ongoing review and development. Management regularly 
reviews plans against market changes and modifies its approach, where necessary.  

Market risks 

Market conditions continue to evolve with continued increasing competition from new and existing competitors, risk of losing a 
major customer, declines in economic activity, the need for the independent retail network to remain competitive, ongoing price 
deflation, and potential adverse interest rate and foreign exchange movements, all of which may lead to a decline in sales and 
profitability. Furthermore, changes to the regulatory environment including proposed changes to trading hours may impact trading 
conditions both at the retail and wholesale level. The Group strategy is focused on providing a compelling value proposition to 
consumers through Successful Independents. 

Metcash continues to progress programs aimed at establishing a strong shopper-led product range, reducing costs of doing 
business and making it easier for suppliers and customers to engage with the Group.  We are confident these initiatives coupled 
with the benefits realised from our Working Smarter program, now in its third year, will help position Metcash and our independent 
retailers for ongoing success. 

Operational and compliance risks 

As Australia’s leading wholesaler, Metcash is reliant upon the success of our suppliers and retailers.  Metcash continues to invest in 
programs to improve the health of the independent retail network, such as our Working Smarter initiative which simplifies how we 
do business.  These programs are aimed to position Metcash as the business partner of choice for our suppliers and retailers. As with 
any significant change, there is a risk that these transformation programs fail to deliver the expected benefits. Metcash has in place 
governance frameworks to manage these change programs to ensure projects are delivered in line with plans and can be adapted 
as required. 

Metcash’s operations require compliance with various regulatory requirements including WHS, food safety, environmental, 
workplace industrial relations, public liability, privacy & security, financial and legal. Any regulatory breach could have a material 
negative impact on the wellbeing, reputation or financial results of Metcash or its stakeholders.  The Group’s internal processes are 
regularly assessed and tested as part of robust risk and assurance programs addressing areas including safety, security, 
sustainability, chain of responsibility and food safety. Metcash maintains a strong ‘safety-first’ culture and has established 
standards and ‘Chain of Responsibility’ policies to identify and limit risk. Metcash is committed to ‘Supporting Independents’ with a 
key element of this underpinned by ensuring our operations are conducted in a socially responsible manner.  Further to this 
Metcash manages the costs of compliance to ensure our costs of doing business are not significantly impacted.  We do this by 
ensuring we proactively manage changes to regulatory requirements and respond with effective programs to ensure compliance. 

Inefficiency or failure within our supply chain or in key support systems (including technology) could impact the Group’s ability to 
deliver on our objectives. Metcash has comprehensive business continuity plans in place to address significant business 
interruptions and failures within operational systems.  Our strategic planning and ongoing monitoring of operations ensure our 
supply chain and support systems are able to scale appropriately to respond to our business needs.  

Financial risks 

Metcash’s ability to reduce its cost of doing business is critical to support independent retailers in remaining competitive in an 
ongoing deflationary environment. The competitive trading conditions also increases the credit risk associated with the Group’s 
activities with the independent retailer network. Metcash’s strategy is to support Successful Independents through appropriate 
credit management processes. 

Funding and liquidity risk remains material to the Group due to the need to adequately fund business operations, future growth and 
absorb potential loss events that may arise. Inability to adequately fund business operations and growth plans may lead to difficulty 
in executing the Group’s strategy. Metcash maintains a prudent approach towards capital management, which includes optimising 
working capital, targeted capital expenditure, capital and asset recycling and careful consideration of its dividend policy. In 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

6 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

7 

32    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2017
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

addition, banking facilities are maintained with sufficient tenor, diversity and headroom to fund business operations. The Group’s 
financial risk management framework is discussed in further detail in note 15 of the financial statements.  

People and culture 

The increasing competitive landscape and the ongoing need for market participants to remain agile in order to adapt to consumer 
preferences, has heightened the competition for talent. The ability to attract and retain talent with the necessary skills and 
capabilities to operate in a challenging market whilst being able to effect transformation is critical to Metcash’s success. Metcash is 
committed to being Australia’s favourite place to work by unlocking the potential of its people through empowerment and ensuring 
the Group’s cultural values align with their values. Integrity is the foundation of the ethical values and standards of behaviour set for 
all employees through the Group’s Code of Conduct. 

Metcash invests in its people through training and development opportunities, by promoting diversity and workplace flexibility and 
maintaining succession planning. The short and long-term incentive schemes align the Group’s remuneration structure to 
shareholders’ interests. 

End of the Operating and Financial Review 

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Board information 

FIONA E BALFOUR (BA (Hons), MBA, Grad Dip Information 
Management, FAICD) 

The Directors in office during the financial year and up to 
the date of this report are as follows. 

Non-executive Director 

ROBERT A MURRAY (MA Hons, Economics (Cantab)) 

Non-executive Chair 

Robert (Rob) is currently a Non-executive Director of 
Southern Cross Media Group Limited (since 2014). He is 
also a Board member of the not-for-profit charity 
organisation, the Bestest Foundation. 

Rob has extensive experience in retail and FMCG and an 
in-depth understanding of consumers. He was previously 
the CEO of Lion Nathan and CEO of Nestle Oceania, and a 
former Director of Dick Smith Holdings Limited (from 2014 
to 2016), Super Retail Group Limited (from 2013 to 2015) 
and Linfox Logistics. 

JEFFERY K ADAMS (BA, Business Administration and 
Management) 

Group Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director 

Jeffery (Jeff) has over 40 years of international retail 
experience across domestic and international businesses 
in the United States, Europe, Asia, Central America, and 
the Middle East.  

Jeff was previously Chief Executive Officer of Tesco Kipa 
(Turkey). Jeff also served as an Executive Vice President of 
Operations at Fresh & Easy Neighborhood Market Inc. in 
the United States from 2008. Before moving to Fresh & 
Easy, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Tesco 
Lotus (Thailand) from 2004. 

PATRICK N J ALLAWAY (BA/LLB) 

Non-executive Director 

Patrick is a Non-executive Director of Woolworths 
Holdings Limited (South Africa), including David Jones 
and Country Road (since 2014), Domain Holdings Australia 
Limited (since November 2017), and Fairfax Media Limited 
(since April 2016). He is also Chair and co-founder of a 
privately owned corporate advisory business, Saltbush 
Capital Markets, and Chair of Giant Steps Endowment 
Fund. 

Patrick has extensive experience in financial services, and 
held senior executive and Non-executive Director roles in 
large multinational companies, including Swiss Bank 
Corporation and Citibank. 

Fiona is a Non-executive Director of Airservices Australia 
(since 2013), the Australian Red Cross Blood Service (since 
2017), Western Sydney Airport Co (since 2017) and Land 
Services South Australia Pty Ltd (since February 2018). She 
is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors 
and Monash University, and a Member of Chief Executive 
Women.   

Fiona has significant executive experience across aviation, 
telecommunications, financial services, education and the 
not-for-profit sector. She has over 15 years’ experience as 
a Non-executive Director, including as a Director of Salmat 
Limited, TAL (Dai-ichi Life Australia) Limited and SITA SC 
(Geneva), Councillor of Chief Executive Women, Trustee of 
the National Breast Cancer Foundation and Councillor and 
Treasurer of Knox Grammar School. She was awarded the 
National Pearcey Medal for ‘Lifetime Achievement and 
Contribution to the Information Technology Industry’ in 
2006. 

ANNE BRENNAN (BCom (Hons), FCA, FAICD) 

Non-executive Director  

Anne is a Non-executive Director of Argo Investments 
Limited (since 2011), Charter Hall Limited (since 2010), 
Nufarm Limited (since 2011), Rabobank Australia Limited 
(since 2011) and Rabobank NZ Limited.   

Anne has held a variety of senior management and 
executive roles in large corporates and professional 
services firms over 35 years in business. During her 
executive career, Anne was the Finance Director of Coates 
Group and the Chief Financial Officer of CSR Limited. Prior 
to her role at CSR, she was a partner at KPMG, Arthur 
Andersen and Ernst & Young.  

Anne was also previously a Non-executive Director of Myer 
Holdings Limited (from 2009 to 2017) and The Star 
Entertainment Group Limited (from 2012 to 2014). 

TONIANNE DWYER (BJuris (Hons), LB (Hons), GAICD) 

Non-executive Director  

Tonianne is a Non-executive Director of Dexus Property 
Group and Dexus Wholesale Property Fund (since 2011), 
ALS Limited (since July 2016), Oz Minerals Limited (since 
March 2017) and Queensland Treasury Corporation. She is 
the Deputy Chancellor and a member of the Senate of the 
University of Queensland, and a Director of Chief 
Executive Women. 

Tonianne has over 20 years’ experience in investment 
banking and real estate in the UK and is a Graduate of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors. She was also 
previously a Non-executive Director of Cardno Limited 
(from 2012 to 2016). 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

8 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

9 

34    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indemnification and insurance of Directors and Officers  

Under the Constitution of the Company, the Company 
indemnifies (to the full extent permitted by law) each 
Director, the Company Secretary, past Directors and 
Company Secretaries, and all past and present executive 
officers (as defined under the Constitution) against all losses 
and liabilities incurred as an officer of Metcash or its related 
companies. The indemnity also includes reasonable costs 
and expenses incurred by such an officer in successfully 
defending proceedings relating to that person’s position. 
The Company must enter into a deed indemnifying such 
officers on these terms, if the officer requests. The Company 
has entered into such deeds with each of its Directors and 
the Company Secretary. 

During the financial year, the Company has paid, or agreed 
to pay, a premium in respect of a contract of insurance 
insuring officers (and any persons who are officers in the 
future) against certain liabilities incurred in that capacity. 
Disclosure of the total amount of the premiums and the 
nature of the liabilities in respect of such insurance is 
prohibited by the contract of insurance.

Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2017
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

MURRAY P JORDAN (MPA)  

Non-executive Director  

Murray is a Non-executive Director of Chorus Limited, 
Stevenson Group Limited and Sky City Limited, each New 
Zealand companies and each since 2016. He is also a 
trustee of The Starship Foundation which raises funds for 
New Zealand's National Children's Hospital.  

Murray has over 10 years’ experience in grocery retailing 
and wholesaling and held key management roles in 
property development and investment. Murray was 
previously the Managing Director of New Zealand grocery 
retail and wholesale business Foodstuffs North Island 
Limited. 

HELEN E NASH (BA Hons, GAICD) 

Non-executive Director 

Helen is a Non-executive Director of Blackmores Limited 
(since 2013), Southern Cross Media Group Limited (since 
2015) and Inghams Enterprises Pty Limited (since 2017). 
Helen was formerly a Non-executive Director of Pacific 
Brands Group Limited (from 2013 to 2016).  

Helen has more than 20 years’ brand and marketing 
experience with Procter & Gamble and IPC Media and 
spent 10 years in senior executive roles at McDonald’s 
Australia Limited. 

FORMER DIRECTORS 

Ian R Morrice resigned from his roles as Group CEO and 
Executive Director on 5 December 2017. 

COMPANY SECRETARY  

JULIE S HUTTON (B Asian Studies (Viet), LLB, LLM, GAICD) 

Julie joined Metcash from law firm Baker & McKenzie, where 
she was a partner who specialised in mergers & acquisitions, 
private equity and corporate restructures. Julie is a 
Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors 
and was formerly a Non-executive Director of AVCAL, a 
national association which represents the private equity 
and venture capital industries in Australia. 

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

The following table presents information relating to membership and attendance at meetings of the Company’s Board of 
Directors and Board Committees held during the financial year and up to the date of this report. Information relating to 
meetings held reflects those meetings held during a Director’s period of appointment as a Director during the year. 

Ordinary 
shares held  
at reporting 
date 

64,005 
- 
- 
206,786 
87,804 
- 
40,000 
23,041 
37,431 

Appointed 

Retired 

Meetings 
held 

Meetings 
attended 

Board of Directors 
Robert A Murray (Chair)(a) 
Jeffery K Adams 
Ian R Morrice 
Patrick N J Allaway 
Fiona E Balfour 
Anne Brennan 
Tonianne Dwyer 
Murray P Jordan 
Helen E Nash 

Audit, Risk & Compliance Committee 
Patrick N J Allaway (Chair) (b) 
Anne Brennan 
Tonianne Dwyer  
Murray P Jordan 

People & Culture Committee 
Fiona E Balfour (Chair) (c) 
Murray P Jordan 
Helen E Nash 

29 Apr 2015 
5 Dec 2017 
12 Jun 2012 
7 Nov 2012 
16 Nov 2010 
26 March 2018 
24 Jun 2014 
23 Feb 2016 
23 Oct 2015 

7 Nov 2012 
26 March 2018 
24 Jun 2014 
23 Feb 2016 

16 Nov 2010 
31 Aug 2016 
23 Oct 2015 

- 
- 
5 Dec 2017 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

5 
2 
3 
5 
5 
1 
5 
5 
5 

5 
1 
5 
5 

6 
6 
6 

Nomination Committee 
Robert A Murray (Chair) 
Patrick N J Allaway 
Fiona E Balfour 
Anne Brennan 
Tonianne Dwyer  
Murray P Jordan 
Helen E Nash 
(a)  Mr Murray was appointed as Chair of the Board on 27 August 2015. 
(b)  Mr Allaway was appointed as Chair of the Audit, Risk & Compliance Committee on 31 August 2016. 
(c)  Ms Balfour was appointed as Chair of the People & Culture Committee on 16 October 2014. 

29 Apr 2015 
27 Feb 2013 
27 Feb 2013 
26 March 2018 
24 Jun 2014 
23 Feb 2016 
23 Oct 2015 

2 
2 
2 
- 
2 
2 
2 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

5 
2 
3 
5 
5 
1 
5 
5 
5 

5 
1 
4 
5 

6 
6 
6 

2 
1 
2 
- 
2 
2 
2 

From time to time, additional Board committees are established and meetings of those committees are held throughout the year, 
for example, to consider material transactions, or to consider material issues that may arise. In addition, the Board holds regular 
update calls between Board meetings with the Group CEO to stay abreast of current matters. These committee meetings and 
update calls are not included in the above table.  

In addition, the Group holds a strategy session each year. In FY18, this strategy session was held in October 2017. All Board members 
in office at that time attended the FY18 strategy session. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

10 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

11 

36    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Long term incentive schemes 

Other than the IHG Integration Plan noted below, no grants under the Group’s existing LTI plans vested in FY18. 

The IHG Integration Incentive available to Mr Laidlaw is a cash-settled LTI. The results delivered were at a maximum level, resulting 
in 67% of the incentive being awarded. A deferred component representing 33% of the award is subject to a Hardware EBIT 
(including synergies realisation) performance hurdle in FY19. 

In line with the outlined pay mix weighting changes of LTI in total reward, additional performance rights were granted to KMP. The 
performance hurdles for these grants are in line with last year: Relative Total Shareholder Return and Underlying Earnings Per Share 
Compound Annual Growth Hurdles, over a three-year period. 

The LTIs granted to the former Group CEO and the Group CFO in FY15 were cancelled at their request as these rights were unlikely to 
vest. 

The Board notes that the LTI schemes align the long term interests of our people with our shareholders. Subsequent to year-end, 
the impact of Metcash’s announcement regarding Drakes and the decline in share price has resulted in a reduction in the likelihood 
of current Metcash LTI schemes vesting. 

Non-executive Director remuneration 

As foreshadowed in last year’s Report a full benchmarking of director fees by Aon Hewitt was completed resulting in modest 
increases.  

Commencing in FY19 a minimum shareholding policy for Non-executive Directors and the Group CEO will be implemented. 

I believe our remuneration framework and outcomes for the year deliver a balanced and fair outcome for all stakeholders. 

I thank you for your ongoing support and trust you find this Report informative.  

Fiona Balfour 
Chair, People and Culture Committee  

Directors’ Report (continued)
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2017
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Remuneration report 

Message from the Chair of the People and Culture Committee  

Dear Shareholder, 

On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present our Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 30 April 2018. We believe the 
outcomes for the year are a fair reflection of the performance of Metcash, our businesses and key individuals.  

Our framework 

Executive pay comprises Fixed Pay, Short-Term Incentive (‘STI’) and Long-Term Incentive (‘LTI’) components and is designed to 
ensure that executives have a significant proportion of remuneration at risk, which is payable on the delivery of positive outcomes 
for shareholders. All components of executive reward are benchmarked by independent external remuneration specialists, Aon 
Hewitt, against a peer group of companies reflecting a similar industry, revenue, asset level and market capitalisation. 

We are now in the final year of our five-year pay mix transition which has seen a progressive increase in executive ‘at risk’ pay as a 
component of on-target total reward.  Changes in FY18 included a further reduction of STI as a proportion of Total Reward to 29% 
(FY17: 34%) and an increase in LTI to 23% (FY17: 17%).  Our executives now have most of their on-target remuneration ‘at risk’, and 
this is directly linked to performance outcomes including Metcash share price.  

This year also included the introduction of behaviours as a modifier for determining STI outcomes. One policy change was made to 
transition the performance hurdle for the Group STI pool from Group net profit after tax (‘NPAT’) to Group earnings before interest 
and tax (‘EBIT’) to more closely align Group and Pillar financial outcomes. 

I’m delighted to share that we have made a significant improvement in gender pay parity over the last 12 months. In our recent 
submission to the Workplace Gender Equality Agency we have reduced our overall pay gap to less than 2%. 

FY18 performance  

Our markets continued to be highly competitive, particularly in Supermarkets where the high level of promotional activity and 
deflation continued throughout the year. Despite this, Group EBIT increased 9.2% from $304.8 million to $332.7 million, and 
underlying Group NPAT grew 10.7% to $215.6 million, with the benefit from the HTH acquisition driving significant growth. This is 
reflected in an 8.9% increase in underlying earnings per share to 22.1 cents.   

Cash generation was strong and the Group moved from a net debt position of $80.8 million at the end of FY17 to a net cash position 
of $42.8 million at the end of FY18. 

From a shareholder perspective, net dividends for the year increased by 8.5 cents to 13.0 cents per share. 

Subsequent to year-end, Metcash announced that the Drakes Supermarkets group (Drakes) had advised that it will not be making a 
commitment to have its supermarkets in South Australia supplied from Metcash’s proposed new distribution centre (DC). Drakes 
later confirmed that they intend to supply these stores out of their own new DC that is currently under development. As set out in 
note 3 of the financial report, the Group recognised a total impairment expense of $352.1 million, which was predominantly related 
to goodwill and other net assets and is non-cash in nature.  

Taking into account the impairment, the Board applied its discretion to the KMP STI payments which have been paid at an average 
of 47% of maximum. 

Remuneration outcomes  

Fixed remuneration 

The only changes to KMP fixed remuneration were as a result of role change. Mr Laidlaw’s pay was adjusted to reflect the increased 
size of his role post acquisition of HTH; and an increase was awarded to Mr Marshall on his appointment to the larger CEO role in 
Supermarkets & Convenience in mid-March. 

As part of the Aon Hewitt pay benchmarking review, it was noted executive pay has continued to increase across our peer group. To 
remain aligned to the market, some increases may be required in FY19 for KMP. The Board will take this into consideration when it 
next reviews KMP remuneration. 

Short term incentives 

STI outcomes for KMP are based on pool and balanced scorecard outcomes and ranged from 0% to 81.0% of maximum reflecting 
operational performance and reduced for the impairment detailed above.  

The STI payment to Mr Ian Morrice (former Group CEO) was 48.1% of maximum, and the payment to Mr Jeff Adams was 44.4% of 
maximum.  

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

12 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

13 

38    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Contents of Report 

Section 1. 
Section 2.  
Section 3.  
Section 4.  
Section 5.  
Section 6. 
Section 7. 

Overview of the Remuneration Report 
Remuneration governance 
Executive remuneration policy 
FY18 performance and remuneration outcomes 
KMP service agreements 
Non-executive Director remuneration 
Statutory disclosures 

1. 

Overview of the Remuneration Report 

The Directors present the Remuneration Report for the Company and its controlled entities (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 30 April 
2018 (‘FY18’). This report forms part of the Directors’ Report and has been audited in accordance with section 308(3C) of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and Australian Accounting Standards. 

The report sets out the remuneration arrangements for the Group’s Key Management Personnel (‘KMP’), comprising its  
Non-executive Directors, Group Chief Executive Officer (‘Group CEO’) and Group Executives of Metcash, who together have the 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group.  

The KMP in FY18 are listed below. 

Name 

Position 

Non-executive Directors 
Robert Murray 
Patrick Allaway 
Fiona Balfour 
Anne Brennan 
Tonianne Dwyer 
Murray Jordan 
Helen Nash 

Chair 
Director 
Director 
Director 
Director 
Director 
Director 

Term as KMP in FY18 

Full year 
Full year 
Full year 
Commenced 26 March 2018 
Full year 
Full year 
Full year 

Executive Directors 
Jeff Adams 
Ian Morrice 

Group Executives 
Brad Soller 
Scott Marshall 

Steven Cain 
Mark Laidlaw 

Group Chief Executive Officer (‘Group CEO’) 
Group Chief Executive Officer (‘Group CEO’) 

Commenced 5 December 2017 
1 May 2017 to 5 December 2017 

Group Chief Financial Officer (‘CFO’) 
Chief Executive Officer, Supermarkets and Convenience 
Chief Executive Officer, Australian Liquor Marketers (‘ALM’) 
Chief Executive Officer, Supermarkets and Convenience 
Chief Executive Officer, Independent Hardware Group (‘IHG’) 

Full year 
Commenced 16 March 2018 
1 May 2017 to 15 March 2018 
1 May 2017 to 15 March 2018 
Full year 

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

2. 

Remuneration governance 

The People & Culture Committee (‘Committee’) is the key governing body in respect of remuneration matters. In addition to  
Non-executive Director and Executive remuneration, the Committee oversees major people-related programs such as culture, 
diversity and inclusion. 

The Committee makes recommendations to the Board based on its review of proposals received from management. The Committee 
may also commission external advisers to provide information and/or recommendations on remuneration. If recommendations are 
sought in respect of KMP remuneration, interaction with external advisers is governed by protocol, which ensures the Committee 
can obtain independent advice. The Committee Chair appoints and engages directly with external advisers on KMP remuneration 
matters. Further, remuneration recommendations obtained from external advisers are used as a guide, rather than as a substitute 
for the Committee’s thorough consideration of the relevant matters. The Committee considers the recommendations, along with 
other relevant factors, in making remuneration decisions. 

Both the Committee and the Board are satisfied that the existing protocols ensure that remuneration recommendations obtained 
from external advisers are free from undue influence from the KMP to whom the remuneration recommendations apply. 

Aon Hewitt was engaged in FY18 to provide recommendations in relation to the FY19 KMP remuneration. Services provided by Aon 
Hewitt included benchmarking market remuneration levels, including short-term (STI) and long-term incentives (LTI). Total fees of 
$42,240 (FY17: $37,079) were paid for these services.  

In addition to remuneration recommendations, Aon Hewitt provided certain other people-related services during the year. Total 
fees of $143,090 are either paid or payable for these services. 

3. 

Executive remuneration policy 

3.1.  Overview 

The overarching objectives of Metcash’s executive remuneration policy are for remuneration to be: 

• 
• 
• 

commensurate with the Group’s long-term performance reflected in metrics that drive shareholder value; 
at the level necessary to attract and retain the leadership and capability required by the Group; and 
commensurate with the Group’s current-year performance and the executive’s contribution to it. 

As outlined in the FY17 Financial Report, the Group commenced a journey starting in FY15 to implement a market-aligned 
remuneration structure. With effect from FY19, these objectives have been achieved through the implementation of the following 
principles: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

total remuneration was initially weighted towards STI over LTI to instil a greater focus on short term execution; 
STI plans now incorporate moderators for individual Balanced Scorecard and participant behaviour outcomes; 
LTI weighting has been progressively increased and STI weighting decreased; and 
these changes resulted in the design of the remuneration framework being market-aligned from FY19. 

The steps that have and will be taken to align Metcash’s remuneration framework are summarised in the table below. 

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Marke t-al igned des ign

Financial pe rformance 
and trans formati on 
progres s

Stretch ta rgets  introduced 
to drive improved profit 
outcomes

STI pool funded through 
compa ny financia l 
pe rformance and paid on 
participants  Bala nce d 
Score card performa nce

Increas ed wei ghting i n 
total remuneration mix

Participant beha vi ours  
i ntroduced into STI 
de terminati on

Reduce d weighti ng in 
tota l remunera tion mix

Ma rket -a ligned des ign 
and we ighti ng

For the remainder of this report, the Group CEO and Group Executives are referred to as the Key Management Personnel. 

I
T
S

Financia l performa nce

I
T
L

FY14 - FY16 gra nts  
cons oli date d into one 
thre e ye ar grant 
(Trans formati on incentive )

No ne w grants

Cove red by Transforma tion 
Incentive

Market-ali gned de si gn 
TSR and earnings  hurdles

Increa s ed weighting in 
tota l remunera tion mix

Market-a ligned des ign 
and wei ghting

Lower we ighting i n total 
remunera tion mix

Res umption of annual  
gra nt program

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

14 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

15 

40    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

3.2.  Remuneration components 

3.2.1.  Fixed remuneration 

Fixed remuneration at Metcash is referred to as Total Employment Cost (‘TEC’). TEC comprises salary, statutory superannuation and 
salary sacrifice items such as motor vehicle lease and additional superannuation contributions. 

TEC levels are set according to the nature and scope of the executive’s role as well as his/her performance and experience. Metcash 
benchmarks its executive remuneration with reference to ASX-listed and unlisted companies of a comparable size and complexity at 
the median percentile level. 

The Committee recommends changes to KMP remuneration each year, taking into consideration market trends, the executive’s job 
size and the executive’s performance. Changes to KMP remuneration are endorsed by the Committee and recommended to the 
Board for approval. 

Mr Laidlaw and Mr Marshall received increases in fixed remuneration during the year. The increase in TEC of Mr Laidlaw was 
required to ensure that his fixed remuneration of $750,000 was in line with market benchmarks following the acquisition of Home 
Timber & Hardware, while the increase in TEC of Mr Marshall to $850,000 effective 16 March 2018 was a result of his appointment as 
CEO Supermarkets & Convenience. 

3.2.2.  Short Term Incentives 

The Group’s STI plan is an at-risk, cash-based component of total remuneration. Its purpose is to incentivise senior executives to 
deliver annual performance outcomes aligned to shareholder interests. 

In FY18, the performance hurdle for the Group STI pool was changed from underlying Group NPAT to underlying Group EBIT to more 
closely align Group and Pillar financial outcomes. The Group and Pillar STI pool outcomes are now both determined with reference 
to pre-determined underlying Group and Pillar EBIT performance measures. Once determined, the STI pool is distributed across 
individual participants based on their relative individual Balanced Scorecard performance outcomes and moderated for individual 
participant behaviour outcomes. 

STI pools are only released for distribution when a threshold Group or Pillar EBIT budget, as applicable, is achieved. The Board may 
also exercise its discretion to adjust the pool to reflect the performance of the Group or a specific Pillar. 

Achievement of a ‘Minimum’ 95% of budgeted Group or Pillar EBIT releases 50% of the respective STI pools. Achievement of 
budgeted or ‘Target’ financial performance releases 100% of an STI pool. Over-achievement of the budgeted financial performance 
is capped at 150% of an STI pool.  

The Group CEO and Group CFO participate in the Group STI pool. The pillar CEOs participate in their respective Pillar STI pool (75% 
weighting) and the Group STI pool (25% weighting). 

Once an STI pool is released for distribution, a participant’s individual STI award is determined based on individual Balanced 
Scorecard and behavioural outcomes. Individual Balanced Scorecard performance outcomes act as a multiplier against the base 
STI pool result and behavioural outcomes as a moderator. Individual performance below Threshold results in no STI award. 
Individual results are also adjusted so that the collective individual participants’ results are distributed in a manner consistent with 
a normal distribution curve and also such that the aggregate STI payments across the pool do not exceed the STI pool amount. 

For KMP, financial objectives represent between 40% and 70% weighting in their Balanced Scorecards. 

Role-specific non-financial measures included in the Balanced Scorecards reflect KMP’s key strategic objectives and include 
increases in retailer sales, improvements in retailer and supplier satisfaction, delivery of store refresh targets, improvements in 
safety, delivery of specific projects, and team culture change and engagement goals.  

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

The STI Balanced Scorecard performance measures for KMP are summarised below: 

Balanced Scorecard - key result 
area 

Measure 

Group CEO 

Other KMP 

Financial objectives – weighting 

Our Financials 

Group revenue and Group NPAT 

70% 

60%-40% 

Pillar revenue and EBIT 

Return on funds employed (‘ROFE’) 

Non-financial objectives – weighting 

Our Partners 

Our People 

Our Business 

Network growth, supplier and retailer 
satisfaction 

Culture, engagement and safety 

Business improvements 

30% 

40%-60% 

The STI opportunities as a percentage of TEC for KMP are outlined below, along with the actual FY18 STI awards as a percentage of 
the maximum STI opportunity: 

Position 

KMPs employed as at 30 April 2018 

J Adams, Group CEO1 

B Soller, Group CFO 

S Marshall, CEO Supermarkets and Convenience2 

M Laidlaw, CEO IHG 

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018 

I Morrice, Group CEO3 

S Cain, CEO Supermarkets and Convenience4 

Below 
threshold 
% of TEC 

Threshold 
% of TEC 

Target 
% of TEC 

Maximum 
% of TEC 

FY18 actual 
% of 
maximum 
STI 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

16.7% 

15.0% 

15.0% 

15.0% 

25.0% 

12.5% 

66.7% 

60.0% 

60.0% 

60.0% 

150.0% 

135.0% 

135.0% 

135.0% 

44.4% 

73.3% 

49.7% 

81.0% 

100.0% 

150.0% 

48.1% 

50.0% 

112.5% 

- 

1 Mr Adams commenced employment on 4 September 2017 and was appointed as Executive Director and Group CEO on 5 December 2017.  
2 Mr Marshall’s STI was based on the full year performance of ALM. There is no STI reward for Mr Marshall’s term as CEO Supermarkets and  
 Convenience from 16 March 2018 to 30 April 2018.  
3 Mr Morrice was Group CEO from 1 May 2017 to 5 December 2017 and ceased employment on 23 June 2018.  
4 Mr Cain resigned as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience effective 15 March 2018 and will cease employment on 14 September 2018. The Board 
applied its discretion and cancelled his STI reward. 

Taking into account the impairment of goodwill and other net assets detailed in note 3 of the financial statements, the Board has 
applied its discretion to the KMP STI payments which have been paid at an average of 47% of maximum. 

KMP STI rewards are subject to clawback for cause or material misstatement of the Group’s financial statements. 

In order for an individual participant to achieve the maximum performance outcome, all of the following results must be delivered: 

• 
• 

• 

Maximum achievement against Group or Pillar EBIT financial performance hurdles, as applicable (‘STI pool’); 
Maximum achievement against all financial and non-financial measures contained in the individual’s Balanced Scorecard 
(individual distribution); and 
Meeting or exceeding Metcash’s individual behaviours framework. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

16 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

17 

42    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

3.2.3.  Long Term Incentives 

The Group had three active LTI plans in operation at the end of FY18. 

Current year LTI grant: 

• 

FY18–FY20 LTI – this grant was issued to KMP during FY18 and is subject to two performance conditions: Relative Total 
Shareholder Return (‘RTSR’) and Underlying Earnings per Share Compound Annual Growth Rate (‘UEPS CAGR’) over a three-
year period from 1 May 2017 to 30 April 2020. 

Prior period LTI grants: 

• 

• 

FY17–FY19 LTI – this grant was issued to KMP during FY17 and is subject to two performance conditions: RTSR and UEPS CAGR 
over a three-year period from 1 May 2016 to 30 April 2019; and 
IHG Integration Incentive grant – issued to Mr Laidlaw during FY17, which is a cash-settled LTI. The plan is subject to three 
performance conditions: achievement of a threshold FY18 IHG EBIT gate-opener, IHG integration synergies measured at 30 
April 2018 and includes a deferred component representing 33% of the award that is dependent on FY19 IHG EBIT (including 
synergies realisation) and which is deferred until July 2019. 

Further detail regarding each of the above LTI schemes is set out below. 

Other than the IHG Integration Plan, no grants issued under any of the Group’s LTI plans vested in FY18. 

The Additional Transformation Incentive (‘ATI’) was granted to the former Group CEO and the Group CFO in FY15. Given no 
likelihood of vesting, the participants voluntarily requested that the Board cancel the plan, which was accepted by the Board. This 
resulted in the plan being cancelled and the acceleration of the remaining accounting expense in FY18. 

The Board applied its discretion not to keep the CEO Supermarkets & Convenience Commencement Grant issued in FY16 to Mr Cain 
on foot upon Mr Cain’s resignation. The plan included a service component and a performance component based on the earnings of 
the Supermarkets business over a four-year period from 1 May 2016 to 30 April 2020. Accordingly, this forfeiture resulted in the 
reversal of the expense recognised for the years FY16 and FY17 of $659,351 in FY18.  

FY17–FY19 and FY18-FY20 LTIs 

The FY17-FY19 and FY18-FY20 LTIs are designed to enable Metcash to attract and retain key executives, whilst incentivising these 
executives to achieve challenging Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) and earnings hurdles aligned to shareholder value. The FY17-
FY19 and FY18-FY20 LTIs reflect the re-introduction of annual grants under the Metcash LTI scheme. 

The FY17-FY19 and FY18-FY20 LTIs are Performance Rights grants (the right to acquire Metcash shares at no cost, subject to the 
satisfaction of performance and service conditions) and are subject to two equally weighted performance hurdles. 

Relative Total Shareholder Returns (‘RTSR’) 

RTSR is measured against a group of selected peers, being consumer staples companies in the ASX 300 as at the beginning of the LTI 
plan period on 1 May. The TSR of those peer companies is multiplied against an index weighting. The sum of the weighted TSRs 
(‘Index TSR’) is the score against which Metcash’s TSR is compared.  

The rights vest against this hurdle as follows: 

Relative Total Shareholder Return 

Vesting % 

Less than Index TSR 

Equal to Index TSR 

0% 

50% 

Between Index TSR and Index TSR + 10% 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Index TSR + 10% or above 

100% 

Full vesting will only occur if Metcash’s RTSR is equal to or above 10% higher than the peer companies over the performance period.  

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Metcash Underlying Earnings per Share Compound Annual Growth Rate (‘UEPS CAGR’) 

FY17–FY19 LTI 

UEPS CAGR 

Threshold or less 

Vesting % 

0% 

Between threshold and target 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Equal to target 

50% 

Between target and stretch 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Equal to stretch  

67% 

Between stretch and maximum 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Equal to or above maximum 

100% 

FY18–FY20 LTI 

UEPS CAGR 

Threshold or less 

Equal to threshold 

Vesting % 

0% 

50% 

Between threshold and target 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Equal to target 

Between target and maximum 

Equal to or above maximum 

75% 

Straight-line pro-rata 

100% 

Full vesting under each grant will only occur if Metcash achieves an UEPS CAGR of greater than 6.5% over the grants’ respective  
three-year performance period. 

LTI Grant 

The following FY18-FY20 LTI grant was made to KMP during FY18: 

Participant 

Grant date 

Hurdle 

Vesting date 

No. of rights 

Fair value 
per right 

Grant 
entitlement4 
(% of TEC) 

KMPs employed at 30 April 2018 
J Adams1 

4 September 2017  UEPS CAGR 

B Soller 

14 July 2017 

S Marshall 

14 July 2017 

M Laidlaw 

14 July 2017 

RTSR 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018 
I Morrice2 

30 August 2017 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

S Cain3 

14 July 2017 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

15 August 2020 
15 August 2020 

15 August 2020 
15 August 2020 

15 August 2020 
15 August 2020 

15 August 2020 
15 August 2020 

233,902 
233,902 

93,612 
93,612 

79,846 
79,846 

77,464 
77,464 

15 August 2020 
15 August 2020 

15 August 2020 
15 August 2020 

92,491 
92,491 

275,330 
275,330 

$2.57 
$1.70 

$2.28 
$1.51 

$2.28 
$1.51 

$2.28 
$1.51 

$2.57 
$1.70 

$2.28 
$1.51 

67% 

50% 

50% 

47% 

61% 

100% 

1 Mr Adams’ FY18-FY20 LTI performance rights were pro-rated from the date of Mr Adams’ employment on 4 September 2017. The performance rights 
grant was approved by shareholders at the AGM in August 2017.  
2 Mr Morrice’s FY18-FY20 LTI performance rights were pro-rated to the date of Mr Morrice’s retirement on 23 June 2018. The performance rights grant 
was approved by shareholders at the AGM in August 2017 and remains on foot subject to all performance conditions which will be tested in FY20. 
3 Mr Cain’s LTI grant was as stipulated in his employment contract. Mr Cain resigned as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience effective 15 March 2018 
and will cease employment on 14 September 2018. The Board applied its discretion not to keep his LTI on foot and as a consequence it has been 
forfeited. 
4 The grant entitlement is expressed as a percentage of the face value of performance rights issued divided by the participants’ TEC at grant date, 
prior to any applicable pro-rata impact from part year service. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

18 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

19 

44    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

The following FY17-FY19 LTI grants were made to KMP in FY17: 

Participant 

Grant date 

Hurdle 

Vesting date 

No. of rights 

Fair value 
per right 

Grant 
% of TEC 

KMPs employed at 30 April 2018 

B Soller 

1 July 2016 

S Marshall 

1 July 2016 

M Laidlaw 

1 July 2016 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

15 August 2019 
15 August 2019 

15 August 2019 
15 August 2019 

15 August 2019 
15 August 2019 

92,969 
92,969 

79,297 
79,297 

76,932 
76,932 

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018 
I Morrice1 

31 August 2016 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

S Cain2 

1 July 2016 

UEPS CAGR 
RTSR 

15 August 2019 
15 August 2019 

15 August 2019 
15 August 2019 

343,750 
343,750 

390,625 
390,625 

$1.84 
$1.24 

$1.84 
$1.24 

$1.84 
$1.24 

$2.03 
$1.37 

$1.84 
$1.24 

35% 

35% 

35% 

61% 

100% 

1 In FY17, Mr Morrice was issued 687,500 performance rights in relation to the FY17-FY19 LTI grant. Upon his retirement on 23 June 2018, Mr Morrice 
retained 492,250 FY17-FY19 LTI performance rights, which remain on foot subject to existing performance hurdles and timeframes. The number of 
performance rights retained was determined on a pro-rata basis up to the date of retirement on 23 June 2018. The balance of 195,250 performance 
rights were forfeited. 
2 Mr Cain’s LTI grant was as stipulated in his employment contract. Mr Cain resigned as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience effective 15 March 2018 
and will cease employment on 14 September 2018. The Board applied its discretion not to keep his LTI on foot and as a consequence it has been 
forfeited. 

FY18 Outcomes 

• 

FY17-FY19 LTI grant 

The RTSR component is performing at the upper end of the vesting scale, when measured at the end of the financial year using 
a volume weighted average price of $3.26 per share. In FY18, the Group provided for the UEPS CAGR component based on 
maximum performance. Subsequent to year-end, the decline in share price has resulted in a reduction in the likelihood of the 
RTSR component vesting. 

• 

FY18-FY20 LTI grant  

The RTSR component is performing at the upper end of the vesting scale, when measured at the end of the financial year using 
a volume weighted average price of $3.26 per share. In FY18, the Group provided for the UEPS CAGR component based on 
maximum performance. Subsequent to year-end, the decline in share price has resulted in a reduction in the likelihood of the 
RTSR component vesting. 

Performance rights that do not vest are forfeited and there is no re-testing. Except for the cancellation of the ATI and the forfeiture 
of Mr Cain’s performance rights, no rights vested nor were any forfeited in FY18. 

IHG Integration Incentive 

The IHG Integration Incentive is a cash-settled scheme designed to incentivise key members of the IHG executive team to realise 
significant stretch synergies on formation of the Independent Hardware Group (‘IHG’). The incentive is subject to two  
“gate-openers”, being a minimum EBIT target and the achievement of a minimum level of operating synergies, which was aligned to 
the integration strategy approved by the Board at the time of the acquisition. IHG was formed when Metcash’s existing Hardware 
operations were merged with the Home Timber & Hardware Group (‘HTH’), which was acquired on 2 October 2016.  

The incentive is subject to three performance hurdles. Two of the performance hurdles relate to the 67% component payable in 
relation to FY18. The other performance hurdle relates to the 33% deferred component payable in relation to FY19. These are 
explained in more detail below. 

Performance Hurdles 

1)  Hurdle - FY18 IHG EBIT 

As a minimum, FY18 IHG EBIT must exceed the amount included in the IHG integration strategy approved by the Board at the time of 
the HTH acquisition. Failure to achieve this gate-opener hurdle results in nil overall vesting regardless of the IHG integration 
synergies hurdle performance. 

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

2)  Hurdle - IHG integration synergies realised by 30 April 2018 

The LTI vests against this hurdle as follows: 

IHG integration synergies 

Vesting % 

Less than threshold 

Equal to threshold 

0% 

33% 

Between threshold and target 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Equal to target 

67% 

Between target and stretch 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Equal to stretch  

83% 

Between stretch and maximum 

Straight-line pro-rata 

Equal to or above maximum 

100% 

Maximum payment under the plan requires delivery of at least $34.1 million in synergies, measured based on the run-rate of gross 
synergies achieved by 30 April 2018. Synergy outcomes below maximum will result in lower vesting levels. 

Following testing against the above FY18 IHG EBIT and IHG Integration Synergies hurdles, 67% of the resulting incentive is payable 
(i.e., 17% was paid on 15 July 2017 and 50% will be paid on 15 July 2018). The balance of 33% is deferred until July 2019 and is 
subject to the FY19 EBIT hurdle noted below. 

3)  Hurdle - FY19 IHG EBIT 

Vesting of the 33% deferred component is dependent on achieving specified FY19 IHG EBIT (including synergies realisation) 
performance conditions. 

LTI Grants 

The following performance conditions relate to the IHG Integration Incentive grant made to Mr Laidlaw (CEO of IHG) on  
14 March 2017: 

Hurdles 

Vesting date 

Target cash 
payment 
$ 

Maximum cash 
payment 
$ 

IHG Synergies and FY18 IHG EBIT 
FY19 IHG EBIT 

15 July 2018 
15 July 2019 

471,263 
232,114 

706,894 
348,172 

FY18 Outcomes  

IHG delivered an EBIT result that met the FY18 EBIT gate-opener performance hurdle. IHG also realised maximum IHG integration 
synergies at 30 April 2018. The total incentive due to Mr Laidlaw for FY18 is $706,894 comprising an interim payment of $119,574 
made in July 2017 (in line with realised synergies at that date) and with the balance of $587,320 payable on 15 July 2018.  

The final payment due in July 2019 is subject to the FY19 EBIT (including synergies realisation) hurdle being achieved. 

CEO Supermarkets and Convenience Commencement Grant (Legacy Scheme) 

The grant was issued in FY16 to provide an incentive for Mr Cain to accept Metcash’s employment offer, retain his services for three 
years from commencement of employment and to provide an incentive to successfully execute the Metcash Supermarkets business 
turnaround. The grant was divided into two components; Sign-on and retention component and Performance component. 

Mr Cain’s grant was forfeited following Mr Cain’s resignation as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience. Share-based payment 
expenses of $659,351 recognised in FY16 and FY17 were reversed in FY18.  

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

20 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

21 

46    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Additional Transformation Incentive (ATI, Legacy Scheme) 

During FY15, the ATI was issued to provide an incentive to the former Group CEO and the current Group CFO to successfully execute 
the Transformation Plan, recognising the impact of their roles on shareholder returns. 

The ATI was a Performance Rights grant (the right to acquire Metcash shares at no cost, subject to the satisfaction of performance 
and service conditions) and subject to RTSR and ROFE performance hurdles. 

During FY18, the participants voluntarily requested that the Board cancel the plan, which was accepted by the Board. This resulted 
in the plan being cancelled and the acceleration of the remaining accounting expense in FY18. 

3.2.4.  Total remuneration mix 

The chart below outlines the FY18 remuneration mix for total remuneration for KMP. Each remuneration component is shown as a 
percentage of total remuneration measured at Target and for Maximum earnings opportunity. LTI values have been measured at 
grant date, based on the face value of incentives granted in FY18.  

The KMP (excluding new Group CEO) remuneration mix transition will be completed in FY19 with Fixed Pay (TEC) and STI reducing 
and long term ‘at risk’ pay increasing as a proportion of total remuneration. KMP (excluding new Group CEO) remuneration for FY19 
will be 45% Fixed Pay (TEC); 23% STI and 32% LTI. 

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

KMPs employed  as at 30 April 2018

s

m
a
d
A
J

l
l

a
h
s
r
a
M
S

r
e

l
l

o
S
B

l

w
a
d
a
L

i

M

Target

Maximum

Target

Maximum

Target

Maximum

Target

Maximum

43%

32%

48%

48%

48%

36%

35%

35%

28%

21%

24%

17%

23%

18%

23%

17%

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018
20%

10%

0%

30%

40%

TEC

STI
50%

LTI

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

e
c
i
r
r
o
M

I

i

n
a
C
S

Target

Maximum

Target

Maximum

38%

40%

32%

32%

24%

20%

40%

32%

TEC

STI

LTI

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

4. 

FY18 performance and remuneration outcomes 

4.1.  Group performance and at-risk remuneration outcomes FY14-FY18 

The charts below show Metcash financial performance and percentage of maximum STI paid to KMP in the five-year period ended 
30 April 2018. During FY18, STI payments to KMP averaged 47.0% of maximum.  

Earnings per Share

Share Price

 40

 20

 -

(20)

(40)

(60)

 300

 200

 100

 -

(100)

(200)

(300)

(400)

90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%

 4.00

 3.50

 3.00

 2.50

 2.00

 1.50

 1.00

 0.50

 -

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

Underlying EPS (cps)

Statutory EPS (cps)

% Maximum STI paid

Closing Share Price ($)

% Maximum STI paid

Net Profit

Return on Funds Employed (ROFE)1

100%

25.0%

20.0%

15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

Underlying NPAT ($m)

Statutory NPAT ($m)

% Maximum STI paid

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

ROFE (%)

% Maximum STI paid

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

(1) ROFE is calculated based on an average of opening and closing funds employed. Excluding the significant items impairment of 
goodwill and other net assets, FY18 ROFE is 20.5%. 

Other Group performance metrics during this period were as follows.  

Financial year 

FY14 

FY15 

FY16 

FY17 

FY18 

Revenue ($b) 

Gearing ratio (net hedged) (%) 

Dividends declared per share (cents) 

13.0 

32.5% 

18.5 

13.2 

36.6% 

6.5 

13.4 

16.8% 

- 

14.1 

4.7% 

4.5 

14.5 

(3.2)% 

13.0 

STI payments in FY14 and FY15 were low as Food & Grocery did not meet its sales and EBIT targets resulting in nil payments for 
participants, whereas FY16 STI reflected improved profitability levels and an increase in share price during the year. In FY17, the 
Food & Grocery pillar performed below threshold level, the Liquor pillar performed at target level and the Hardware pillar delivered 
earnings in excess of target. 

In FY18, Hardware and Corporate delivered EBIT results at or above the maximum hurdle. The Liquor pillar performed at target level 
and the Food & Grocery pillar performed between threshold and target. Taking into account the impairment of goodwill and other 
net assets detailed in note 3 of the financial statements, the Board has applied its discretion to the KMP STI payments which have 
been paid at an average of 47% of maximum. 

There was no vesting of performance rights under any LTI program during this five year period. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

22 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

23 

48    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

4.2.  Actual FY18 KMP remuneration 

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

5. 

KMP service agreements 

The table below reflects actual cash payments made or due to KMP in respect of performance during FY18. The table does not 
comply with IFRS requirements. The required statutory disclosures are shown in section 7 of this report: 

Name 

Agreement Term 

Executive 
Notice 

Metcash 
Notice 

Redundancy 

KMP 

Total Employment  
Cost 
$ 

KMPs employed as at 30 April 2018 
J Adams2 

B Soller 

S Marshall 

M Laidlaw 

724,932 

850,000 

740,669 

742,226  

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018 
I Morrice3 

1,075,068 

STI 1 
$ 

494,118 

841,500  

486,850 

820,000  

LTI  
$  

- 

 -  

 -  

587,320 

 Total 
$  

1,219,050 

1,691,500 

1,227,519 

2,149,546 

776,438 

 -  

1,851,506 

S Cain4 
1  Cash incentive payable relating to FY18 performance under the Company’s STI scheme, as set out in table 4.3. 
2  Mr Adams commenced employment on 4 September 2017 and was appointed as Executive Director and Group CEO on 5 December 2017, with 

1,092,985 

1,092,985 

 -  

- 

fixed remuneration set at $1,800,000 per annum. The amount disclosed above reflects Mr Adams’ total fixed remuneration and actual STI award 
for the period from 5 December 2017 to 30 April 2018 as KMP. In addition, Mr Adams received total fixed remuneration of $467,925 and actual 
STI award of $305,882 as non-KMP for the period from 4 September 2017 to 4 December 2017. Metcash also reimbursed Mr Adams $68,342 of 
relocation costs. 

3  Mr Morrice was Group CEO from 1 May 2017 to 5 December 2017 and ceased employment on 23 June 2018. The amount disclosed above reflects 
Mr Morrice’s total fixed remuneration and actual STI award for the period from 1 May 2017 to 5 December 2017 as KMP. In addition, Mr Morrice 
received total fixed remuneration of $724,932 and actual STI award of $523,562 as non-KMP for the period from 6 December 2017 to 30 April 
2018.  

4  Mr Cain resigned as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience effective 15 March 2018 and will cease employment on 14 September 2018. The 

amount disclosed above reflects Mr Cain’s total fixed remuneration from 1 May 2017 to 15 March 2018 as KMP. In addition, Mr Cain will receive 
total fixed remuneration of $692,797 as non-KMP for the period from 16 March 2018 to 14 September 2018.  The terms of Mr Cain’s employment 
prohibit him from accepting employment at a competitor company for six months following his resignation on 15 March 2018. 

4.3.  FY18 STI outcomes  

KMP 

Target  
Potential STI 
$ 

Maximum 
Potential STI 
$ 

STI awarded  
% of Maximum 

STI awarded 
$ 

Maximum STI 
forfeited 
$ 

KMPs employed as at 30 April 2018 
J Adams1 
494,118 
 510,000  
B Soller 
S Marshall2 
435,000  
 450,000  
M Laidlaw 

1,111,765 
1,147,500 
978,750 
1,012,500 

44.4% 
73.3% 
49.7% 
81.0% 

494,118 
841,500 
486,850 
820,000 

617,647 
306,000 
491,900 
192,500 

1,075,068 
625,000 

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018 
I Morrice3 
836,164 
S Cain4 
1,406,250  
1  Mr Adams commenced employment on 4 September 2017 and was appointed as Executive Director and Group CEO on 5 December 2017. The 
amount disclosed above reflects Mr Adams’ target and maximum potential STI for the period from 5 December 2017 to 30 April 2018 as KMP. 
Mr Adams’ target and maximum potential STI are $305,882 and $688,235, respectively, during the non-KMP period between 4 September 2017 
and 4 December 2017. The STI awarded to Mr Adams and maximum STI forfeited for the non-KMP period is $305,882 and $382,353, 
respectively. 

1,612,603 
1,406,250  

776,438 
- 

48.1% 
- 

2  Mr Marshall’s STI was based on the full year performance of ALM. There is no STI reward for Mr Marshall’s term as CEO Supermarkets and 

Convenience from 16 March 2018 to 30 April 2018.  

3  Mr Morrice was Group CEO from 1 May 2017 to 5 December 2017 and ceased employment on 23 June 2018. The amount disclosed above 

reflects Mr Morrice’s target and maximum potential STI as KMP. Mr Morrice’s target and maximum potential STI are $724,932 and $1,087,397, 
respectively, during the non-KMP period between 6 December 2017 and 30 April 2018. The STI awarded to Mr Morrice and maximum STI 
forfeited for the non-KMP period is $523,562 and $563,836, respectively. 

4  Mr Cain resigned as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience effective 15 March 2018 and will cease employment on 14 September 2018. The 

Board applied its discretion and cancelled his STI reward. 

Taking into account the impairment of goodwill and other net assets detailed in note 3 of the financial statements, the Board has 
applied its discretion to the KMP STI payments which have been paid at an average of 47% of maximum. 

KMPs employed as at 30 April 2018 
J Adams1 

Four years (based on current 

B Soller 
S Marshall 
M Laidlaw 

457 visa limitations) 

Ongoing unless notice given 
Ongoing unless notice given 
Ongoing unless notice given 

12 months 

12 months 

12 months 

3 months 
12 months 
3 months 

6 months 
12 months 
9 months 

6 months 
12 months 
Metcash Notice + 6 months 

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018 
I Morrice2 
S Cain3 
1  Mr Adams commenced employment on 4 September 2017 and was appointed as Executive Director and Group CEO on 5 December 2017. 
2  Mr Morrice was Group CEO from 1 May 2017 to 5 December 2017 and ceased employment on 23 June 2018. 
3  Mr Cain resigned as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience effective 15 March 2018 and will cease employment on 14 September 2018. 

Ongoing unless notice given 
Ongoing unless notice given 

12 months 
12 months 

12 months 
12 months 

6 months 
6 months 

In the event of cessation of employment, a KMP’s unvested performance rights will ordinarily lapse; however this is subject to Board 
discretion which may be exercised in circumstances such as death and disability, retirement, redundancy or special circumstances. 

In some circumstances surrounding termination of employment, the Group may require individuals to enter into non-compete 
arrangements with the Group. These arrangements may require a payment to the individual. 

6. 

Non-executive Director remuneration 

6.1.  Policy 
The objectives of Metcash’s policy regarding Non-executive Director fees are: 

• 
• 

to preserve the independence of Non-executive Directors by not including any performance-related element; and  
to be market competitive with regard to Non-executive Director fees in comparable ASX-listed companies and to the time and 
professional commitment in discharging the responsibilities of the role. 

To align individual interests with shareholders’ interests, Non-executive Directors are encouraged to hold Metcash shares. Non-
executive Directors fund their own share purchases and must comply with Metcash’s share trading policy.  

6.2.  Structure of Non-executive Director remuneration 

Non-executive Director remuneration is structured as follows:  

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

all Non-executive Directors are paid a fixed annual fee; 
the Board Chair is paid a fixed annual fee which is inclusive of all Board, Chair and Committee work; 
except for the Board Chair, additional fees are paid to Non-executive Directors who chair or participate in Board Committees; 
Non-executive Directors are not entitled to participate in the Group’s short or long-term incentive schemes; and 
no additional benefits are paid to Non-executive Directors upon retirement from office. 

6.3.  Aggregate fee limit 
Non-executive Director fees are limited to a maximum aggregate amount approved by shareholders. The current $1,600,000 limit 
was approved in 2012. 

The People & Culture Committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending Non-executive Director fees.  

The Non-executive Director fees were increased in FY18 based on a full benchmarking process performed by AON Hewitt for FY18. 
The FY18 fees are currently set at approximately 2% to 9% below the benchmarked market median.  

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

24 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

25 

50    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

6.4.  Non-executive Director fee structure 

Board 

   Chair 

   Non-executive Director 

Committee 

Audit, Risk & Compliance 

   Chair 

   Member 

People & Culture 

   Chair 

   Member 

Nomination 

   Chair 

   Member 
1 

FY18 
$1 

409,500 

138,782 

FY17 
$1 

390,000 

129,703 

33,159 

14,916 

33,159 

14,916 

- 

- 

31,580 

12,970 

31,580 

12,970 

- 

- 

Per annum fees as at the end of the financial year, including superannuation. 

6.5.  FY18 Non-executive Director remuneration 

Name 

R Murray 

P Allaway 

F Balfour 

A Brennan  

T Dwyer 

M Jordan 

H Nash 

M Butler (retired) 

N Hamilton (retired) 

Total 

Financial 
Year 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

Fees 
$ 

389,520 

 370,432  

157,024 

 141,690  

157,024 

 147,290  

14,396 

- 

140,363 

 130,295  

153,985 

 137,744  

140,363 

 130,295  

-  

 49,097  

- 

 43,432  

1,152,675 

1,150,275 

Post-employment 
(Superannuation) 
$ 

19,980 

 19,568  

14,917 

 13,461  

14,917 

 13,993  

1,368 

- 

13,335 

 12,378  

14,629 

 13,133  

13,335 

 12,378  

- 

 4,664  

- 

 4,126  

92,481 

93,701  

Total 
$ 

409,500 

 390,000  

171,941 

 155,151  

171,941 

 161,283  

15,764 

- 

153,698 

 142,673  

168,614 

 150,877  

153,698 

 142,673  

- 

 53,761  

- 

 47,558  

1,245,156 

1,243,976 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

26 

52    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

%
2
.
0
5

%
5
.
5
5

%
3
.
4
4

%
5
.
7
6

-

%
9
.
5
5

%
9
.
5
4

%

d
e
t
a
l
e
r

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

$

l
a
t
o
T

9
9
4
,
9
8
3
,
1

6
4
8
,
0
0
9
,
1

0
4
4
,
3
0
5
,
1

8
4
0
,
1
5
3
,
2

9
4
1
,
4
8
1

9
7
8
,
3
3
7
,
2

1
6
8
,
2
6
0
,
0
1

$

-

-

7
2
5
,
3
9
5

-

-

7
2
5
,
3
9
5

)
h
s
a
c
(

I
T
L

$

I
T
L

)
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
s
(

3
1
8
,
6
3
1

4
9
7
,
2
1
2

5
3
1
,
9
7
1

2
9
7
,
3
7
1

4
1
2
,
1
5
7

)
2
0
6
,
1
1
9
(

6
4
1
,
2
4
5

$

4
e
v
a
e
L

)
8
4
4
,
3
(

6
8
7
,
6
9

3
0
5
,
1
2

)
6
0
7
,
4
3
(

6
6
7
,
2

9
5
1
,
1
3
1

0
6
0
,
4
1
2

$

-

0
8
9
,
9
1

0
8
9
,
9
1

0
8
9
,
9
1

3
3
9
,
1
1

1
6
4
,
7
1

4
3
3
,
9
8

-

-

-

-

-

$

2
4
3
,
8
6

2
4
3
,
8
6

-
t
s
o
P

-
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

t
n
e
m
y
o
l
p
m
e

n
o
i
t
a
c
o
l
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

$

I
T
S

8
1
1
,
4
9
4

0
0
5
,
1
4
8

0
5
8
,
6
8
4

0
0
0
,
0
2
8

$

d
e
x
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

8
1
Y
F

8
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
0
3
t
a
s
a
d
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
s
P
M
K

2
3
9
,
4
2
7

0
2
0
,
0
3
8

9
8
6
,
0
2
7

6
4
2
,
2
2
7

1
s
m
a
d
A
J

r
e
l
l

o
S
B

l
l
a
h
s
r
a
M
S

w
a
l
d
a
L
M

i

-

8
3
4
,
6
7
7

6
0
9
,
8
1
4
,
3

5
3
1
,
3
6
0
,
1

4
2
5
,
5
7
0
,
1

6
4
5
,
6
3
1
,
5

2
e
c
i
r
r
o
M

I

i

3
n
a
C
S

l
a
t
o
T

8
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
0
3
t
a
s
a
d
e
r
i
t
e
r
/
d
e
n
g
i
s
e
r
s
P
M
K

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(

t
r
o
p
e
r

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

8
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
0
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
F

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
k
s
i
r
-
t
a
d
n
a
d
e
x
i
F

.
1
.
7

s
e
r
u
s
o
l
c
s
i
d
y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
S

.
7

’
s
m
a
d
A
r

M
s
t
c
e
l
f
e
r
e
v
o
b
a
d
e
s
o
l
c
s
i
d
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
T

.

m
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
0
0
0
,
0
0
8
,
1
$
t
a
t
e
s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
d
e
x
i
f
h
t
i

w

i

,
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
5
n
o
O
E
C
p
u
o
r
G
d
n
a
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E
s
a
d
e
t
n
o
p
p
a
s
a
w
d
n
a
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S
4
n
o
t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e
d
e
c
n
e
m
m
o
c
s
m
a
d
A
r

l

M

n

I

.

P
M
K
s
a
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
5
o
t
7
1
0
2
y
a
M
1
m
o
r
f
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l
a
t
o
t
s
’
e
c
i
r
r
o
M

r

M
s
t
c
e
l
f
e
r
e
v
o
b
a
d
e
s
o
l
c
s
i
d
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
T

.
8
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
3
2
n
o
t
n
e
m
y
o

l

p
m
e
d
e
s
a
e
c
d
n
a
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
5
o
t
7
1
0
2
y
a
M
1
m
o
r
f

O
E
C
p
u
o
r
G
s
a
w
e
c
i
r
r
o
M

r

M

.
8
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
0
3
o
t
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
6
m
o
r
f
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
P
M
K
-
n
o
n
s
a
2
6
5
,
3
2
5
$
f
o
d
r
a
w
a
I

T
S

l
a
u
t
c
a
d
n
a
2
3
9
,
4
2
7
$
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
d
e
x
i
f

l
a
t
o
t
d
e
v
i
e
c
e
r
e
c
i
r
r
o
M

r

M

,

n
o
i
t
i
d
d
a

8
1
0
2
h
c
r
a
M
5
1
o
t
7
1
0
2
y
a
M
1
m
o
r
f
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
d
e
x
i
f

l
a
t
o
t
s
’
n
a
C
r

i

M
s
t
c
e
l
f
e
r
e
v
o
b
a
d
e
s
o
l
c
s
i
d
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
T

.
8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S
4
1
n
o
t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e
e
s
a
e
c
l
l
i

l

i

w
d
n
a
8
1
0
2
h
c
r
a
M
5
1
e
v
i
t
c
e
f
f
e
e
c
n
e
n
e
v
n
o
C
d
n
a
s
t
e
k
r
a
m
r
e
p
u
S
O
E
C
s
a
d
e
n
g
i
s
e
r
n
a
C
r

i

M

o
t
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S
4
m
o
r
f
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
P
M
K
-
n
o
n
s
a
2
8
8
,
5
0
3
$
f
o
d
r
a
w
a
I

T
S

l
a
u
t
c
a
d
n
a
5
2
9
,
7
6
4
$
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
d
e
x
i
f

l
a
t
o
t
d
e
v
i
e
c
e
r
s
m
a
d
A
r

M

,

n
o
i
t
i
d
d
a
n

I

.

P
M
K
s
a
8
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
0
3
o
t
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
5
m
o
r
f
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l
a
t
o
t

.
7
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
4

l

a
t
a
t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e
g
n
i
t
p
e
c
c
a
m
o
r
f

i

i

m
h
t
i
b
h
o
r
p
t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e
s
’
n
a
C
r

l

i

M

f
o
s
m
r
e
t
e
h
T

.
8
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S
4
1
o
t
8
1
0
2
h
c
r
a
M
6
1
m
o
r
f
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
P
M
K
-
n
o
n
s
a
7
9
7
,
2
9
6
$
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
d
e
x
i
f

l
a
t
o
t
e
v
i

e
c
e
r

l
l
i

i

w
n
a
C
r

M

,

n
o
i
t
i
d
d
a
n

I

.

P
M
K
s
a

.
8
1
0
2
h
c
r
a
M
5
1
n
o
n
o
i
t
a
n
g
i
s
e
r
s
i
h
g
n
w
o

i

l
l

o
f
s
h
t
n
o
m
x
i
s
r
o
f
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
r
o
t
i
t
e
p
m
o
c

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
l
t
i
t
n
e
e
v
a
e
l
e
c
i
v
r
e
s
g
n
o

l

d
n
a
l
a
u
n
n
a
n

i
s
e
g
n
a
h
c
g
n
d
u
l
c
n

i

I

1

2

3

4

%
0
.
0
5

%
6
.
9
4

%
8
.
1
4

%
7
.
9
2

%
5
.
3
5

%
7
.
5
4

%

d
e
t
a
l
e
r

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

$

l
a
t
o
T

1
7
5
,
3
9
4
,
3

9
5
9
,
6
3
6
,
1

7
7
7
,
1
4
3
,
1

8
6
8
,
8
4
7
,
1

9
6
2
,
9
6
5
,
1

4
4
4
,
0
9
7
,
9

$

-

-

-

-

0
8
8
,
9
4
2

0
8
8
,
9
4
2

3
)
h
s
a
c
(

I
T
L

$

0
3
7
,
6
4
4

1
8
1
,
2
6

7
0
2
,
1
5

0
8
6
,
9
4

9
4
8
,
2
6
3

7
4
6
,
2
7
9

I
T
L

)
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
s
(

$

2
e
v
a
e
L

)
9
5
1
,
3
5
(

)
2
2
2
,
5
2
(

0
7
5
,
5
5

)
4
9
2
,
3
1
(

2
3
3
,
6
2

)
3
7
7
,
9
(

$

8
6
5
,
9
1

8
6
5
,
9
1

8
6
5
,
9
1

8
6
5
,
9
1

8
6
5
,
9
1

0
4
8
,
7
9

-
t
s
o
P

-
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

t
n
e
m
y
o
l
p
m
e

n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s

$

I
T
S

1
r
e
h
t
O

0
0
0
,
0
0
3

0
0
0
,
0
5
1

-

-

-

$

I
T
S

0
0
0
,
0
0
6

0
0
0
,
0
1
5

0
5
2
,
6
5
1

0
0
0
,
0
4
5

0
0
0
,
0
0
0
,
1

$

2
3
4
,
0
8
7
,
1

2
3
4
,
0
3
8

2
3
4
,
5
0
7

9
0
8
,
3
8
6

5
9
4
,
3
2
2
,
1

0
0
6
,
3
2
2
,
5

d
e
x
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

e
c
i
r
r
o
M

I

r
e
l
l

o
S
B

l
l
a
h
s
r
a
M
S

w
a
l
d
a
L
M

i

i

n
a
C
S

l
a
t
o
T

7
1
Y
F

u
f
s
s
e
c
c
u
s
e
h
t
g
n
w
o

i

l
l

i

o
f
d
a
p
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i

h
s
a
C

1

2

3

0
0
0
,
0
5
4

0
5
2
,
6
0
8
,
2

.
6
1
0
2
r
e
b
o
t
c
O
2
n
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a
H
T
H
e
h
t

f
o
n
o
i
t
e
l
p
m
o
c
l

.
3
.
2
.
3
n
o
i
t
c
e
s
n

i

d
e
n

i
l
t
u
o
e
r
a
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i
s
i
h
t

f
o
s
l
i

a
t
e
d
r
e
h
t
r
u
F
.
I

T
L
n
o
i
t
a
r
g
e
t
n

I

G
H

I
e
h
t
o
t
n
o
i
t
a
l
e
r
n

i

d
e
s
i
n
g
o
c
e
r
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
7
1
Y
F
e
h
t
s
t
n
e
s
e
r
p
e
R

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
l
t
i
t
n
e
e
v
a
e
l
e
c
i
v
r
e
s
g
n
o

l

d
n
a
l
a
u
n
n
a
n

i
s
e
g
n
a
h
c
g
n
d
u
l
c
n

i

I

7
2

8
1
Y
F
t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a

i
c
n
a
n
F
|

i

p
u
o
r
G
h
s
a
c
t
e
M

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

7.2.  KMP performance rights holdings 

Name 

Balance at 1 
May 2017 

Granted during 
the year 

Vested 
during the 
year 

Cancelled, 
forfeited or 
lapsed 
during the 
year1 

Balance at 30 
April 2018 

Balance at 
report date2 

KMPs employed as at 30 April 2018 
J Adams  
B Soller 
S Marshall 
M Laidlaw 

- 
 356,758  
 158,594  
 153,864  

KMPs resigned/retired as at 30 April 2018 
I Morrice2
 2,288,924  
S Cain3 
 3,967,318  
Total 
6,925,458 
1 

 467,804  
 187,224  
 159,692  
 154,928  

 184,982  
 550,660  
1,705,290 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
(170,820) 
- 
- 

467,804 
373,162 
318,286 
308,792 

467,804 
373,162 
318,286 
308,792 

(1,601,424) 
(4,517,978) 
(6,290,222) 

872,482 
- 
2,340,526 

677,232 
- 
2,145,276  

As noted in section 3.2.3, the ATI grants made to Mr Morrice on 17 October 2014 and Mr Soller on 11 February 2015 were voluntarily 
cancelled during the year. 
As noted in section 3.2.3, Mr Morrice has retained 492,250 LTI FY17-19 performance rights which remain on foot subject to existing 
performance hurdles and timeframes. The number of rights was determined on a pro-rata basis up to the date of Mr Morrice’s retirement on 
23 June 2018. The balance of 195,250 performance rights were forfeited on 23 June 2018. 
As noted in section 3.2.3, Mr Cain resigned as CEO Supermarkets and Convenience effective 15 March 2018 and will cease employment on 14 
September 2018. The Board applied its discretion not to keep his LTI on foot and as a consequence it has been forfeited. 

2 

3 

Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Minimum shareholding guidelines  

8. 
With effect from 1 May 2018, minimum shareholding guidelines will be implemented for all Directors, including the Group CEO. 

Position 

Chair 
Directors 
Group CEO 

Value 

1 x annual base fees 
1 x annual base fees 
1 x TEC 

Time to 
achieve 

5 years 
5 years 
5 years 

This concludes the Remuneration Report. 

Balance at 1 
May 2017 

On market 
trade 

Other 
adjustments1 

Balance at 30 
April 2018 

Balance at 
report date 

7.3.  KMP shareholdings 

Name 

Directors 
R Murray 
J Adams 
P Allaway 
F Balfour  
A Brennan 
T Dwyer 
M Jordan 
H Nash 
I Morrice (retired)1 

 44,005  
- 
 206,786  
 87,804  
- 
 40,000  
 23,041  
 37,431  
 302,517  

20,000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(302,517) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Executives 
B Soller 
S Cain1 
M Laidlaw 
S Marshall 
Total 
1 

 17,582  
 100,000  
 157,752  
 53,978  
1,070,896  
Reflecting changes in KMP composition following retirement or resignation. 

- 
- 
- 
- 
(282,517) 

 -  
(100,000) 
 -  
 -  
(100,000) 

64,005 
- 
 206,786  
 87,804  
- 
 40,000  
 23,041  
 37,431  
- 

 17,582  
- 
 157,752  
 53,978  
688,379 

64,005 
- 
206,786  
87,804 
- 
40,000 
23,041 
37,431 
- 

17,582 
- 
157,752 
53,978 
481,593 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

28 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

29 

54    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Other disclosures 

Unissued shares under share options and performance rights 

At the date of this report, there were 4,425,603 unissued ordinary shares under performance rights (4,660,076 at the reporting date). 
There were no unissued ordinary shares under option at the reporting date or at the date of this report. Refer to note 19 of the 
financial statements for further details of the performance rights.  

Shares issued as a result of options and performance rights 

No shares in the Company were issued to employees or executives during or since the end of the financial year in respect of the 
exercise of options or performance rights. 

Non-audit services 

The following non-audit services were provided by the entity’s auditor, EY Australia. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The 
nature and scope of each type of non-audit service provided means that auditor independence was not compromised.  

The auditor’s independence declaration for the year ended 30 April 2018 has been received and is included on page 74. 
100.

EY received or are due to receive the following amounts for the provision of non-audit services: 

Tax compliance and advisory services 
Other advisory services 

Subsequent events 

$472,000 
$207,000 

Other than matters disclosed in this report, there were no events that have occurred after the end of the financial year that would 
materially affect the reported results or would require disclosure in this report.  

Rounding 

The amounts contained in this report and in the financial statements have been rounded to the nearest $100,000 (where rounding is 
applicable) under the option available to the Company under ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191. The Company is an entity to 
which the legislative instrument applies.   

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

Jeff Adams 
Director 
Sydney, 25 June 2018 

Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of comprehensive income 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Sales revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 

Other income 
Distribution costs 
Administrative costs 
Share of profit of equity-accounted investments 
Significant items 
Finance costs 
(Loss)/profit before income tax 
Income tax expense  
Net (loss)/profit for the year 

Net (loss)/profit for the year is attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 

Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year is attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 

Notes  

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

14,463.7 
(13,175.6) 
1,288.1 

14,121.9 
(12,885.6) 
1,236.3 

3 

7 
3 
3       

4 

101.2 
(486.5) 
(566.1) 
0.6 
(380.1) 
(31.0) 
(73.8) 
(72.9) 
(146.7) 

(149.5) 
2.8 
(146.7) 

0.9 
0.9 
(145.8) 

(148.6) 
2.8 
(145.8) 

104.4 
(488.6) 
(553.2) 
9.7 
(32.7) 
(37.4) 
238.5 
(64.8) 
173.7 

171.9 
1.8 
173.7 

1.2 
1.2 
174.9 

173.1 
1.8 
174.9 

(Loss)/earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company 

From net (loss)/profit for the year 
 - basic (loss)/earnings per share (cents) 
 - diluted (loss)/earnings per share (cents) 

22 
22 

(15.3) 
(15.3) 

17.9 
17.9 

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

30 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

31 

56    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Directors’ Report (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of changes in equity
Statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Contributed 
and other 
equity 
$m 

Retained 
earnings/ 
(accumulated 
losses) 
$m 

Other 
reserves 
$m 

At 1 May 2017 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) 

1,719.3 
- 

(87.7) 
(149.5) 

Transactions with owners 
Dividends paid  
Capital reduction (a) 
Share-based payments 
Transfers 
At 30 April 2018 

At 1 May 2016 
Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners 
Proceeds from equity raising (Note 13) 
Dividends paid  
Share-based payments 
At 30 April 2017 

- 
(1,119.3) 
- 
- 
600.0 

1,626.0 
- 

93.3 
- 
- 
1,719.3 

(102.4) 
1,119.3 
- 
0.9 
780.6 

(259.6) 
171.9 

- 
- 
- 
(87.7) 

(3.0) 
0.9 

- 
- 
2.3 
(0.9) 
(0.7) 

(5.6) 
1.2 

- 
- 
1.4 
(3.0) 

Owners 
of the 
parent 
$m 

1,628.6 
(148.6) 

(102.4) 
- 
2.3 
- 
1,379.9 

1,360.8 
173.1 

93.3 
- 
1.4 
1,628.6 

Non-
controlling 
interests 
$m 

8.8 
2.8 

(2.9) 
- 
- 
- 
8.7 

8.3 
1.8 

- 
(1.3) 
- 
8.8 

Total 
equity 
$m 

1,637.4 
(145.8) 

(105.3) 
- 
2.3  
- 
1,388.6 

1,369.1 
174.9 

93.3 
(1.3) 
1.4 
1,637.4 

(a) During the current financial year, Metcash Limited, the Parent Company of the Group, undertook a capital reduction to reduce its 
share capital by $2,551.1 million to $600.0 million, in accordance with section 258F of the Corporations Act 2001. The reduction was 
allocated in full to the accumulated losses account in the Parent Company with no impact on the net assets of either the Parent 
Company or the Group. On consolidation, the share capital of the Group has been adjusted by $1,119.3 million to reflect the revised 
share capital of the Parent Company. Refer note 20 for further information on the standalone financial statements of the Parent 
Company. 

 Refer note 13 for details on equity and reserves. 

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Statement of financial position
Statement of financial position 
As at 30 April 2018
As at 30 April 2018 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables and loans 
Trade receivables - customer charge cards agreement 
Inventories 
Assets held for sale 
Derivative financial instruments  
Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade receivables and loans 
Equity-accounted investments  
Property, plant and equipment 
Net deferred tax assets 
Intangible assets and goodwill 
Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Customer charge cards agreement 
Interest bearing borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 
Income tax payable 
Other financial liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Interest bearing borrowings 
Provisions 
Derivative financial instruments 
Other financial liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 
NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Contributed and other equity (a) 
Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) (a) 
Other reserves 
Parent interest 
Non-controlling interests 
TOTAL EQUITY 

Notes  

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

6 
6 

6 
7 
8 
4 
9 

10 
11 

12 

11 
12 

13 

13 

161.2 
1,203.7 
274.0 
784.4 
11.8 
0.6 
2,435.7 

10.1 
20.1 
88.3 
236.7 
109.7 
818.4 
1,283.3 

96.5 
1,150.0 
276.0 
759.2 
18.8 
0.3 
2,300.8 

12.7 
16.4 
103.3 
242.1 
103.8 
1,152.7 
1,631.0 

3,719.0 

3,931.8 

1,629.6 
274.0 
1.9 
0.1 
126.4 
24.9 
7.3 
2,064.2 

127.1 
137.6 
0.9 
0.6 
266.2 

2,330.4 
1,388.6 

600.0 
780.6 
(0.7) 
1,379.9 
8.7 
1,388.6 

1,524.3 
276.0 
3.0 
0.8 
139.7 
6.1 
10.0 
1,959.9 

187.1 
141.4 
2.3 
3.7 
334.5 

2,294.4 
1,637.4 

1,719.3 
(87.7) 
(3.0) 
1,628.6 
8.8 
1,637.4 

(a) During the current financial year, Metcash Limited, the Parent Company of the Group, undertook a capital reduction to reduce its 
share capital by $2,551.1 million to $600.0 million, in accordance with section 258F of the Corporations Act 2001. The reduction was 
allocated in full to the accumulated losses account in the Parent Company with no impact on the net assets of either the Parent 
Company or the Group. On consolidation, the share capital of the Group has been adjusted by $1,119.3 million to reflect the revised 
share capital of the Parent Company. Refer note 20 for further information on the standalone financial statements of the Parent 
Company. 

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

32 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

33 

58    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Statement of cash flows
Statement of cash flows 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Receipts from customers 
Payments to suppliers and employees 
Interest and dividends, net 
Income tax paid, net of tax refunds 
Net cash generated by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of businesses 
Proceeds from sale of business assets 
Payments for acquisition of business assets 
Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from loans repaid by other entities 
Loans to other entities 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from equity raising, net of share issue costs 
Repayments of borrowings, net 
Payment of dividends to owners of the parent 
Payment of dividends to non-controlling interests 
Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Add opening cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

Notes 

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

14 

13 

15,765.9 
(15,392.5) 
(19.2) 
(65.6) 
288.6 

15,458.7 
(15,071.1) 
(20.7) 
(62.3) 
304.6 

- 
10.5 
(47.0) 
(15.9) 
13.0 
(16.7) 
(56.1) 

- 
(62.5) 
(102.4) 
(2.9) 
(167.8) 

64.7 
96.5 
161.2 

1.8 
36.3 
(44.4) 
(195.4) 
10.4 
(7.3) 
(198.6) 

92.8 
(127.3) 
- 
(1.4) 
(35.9) 

70.1  
26.4 
96.5 

The above Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Notes to the financial statements
Notes to the financial statements 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

1.  Corporate information 
The financial statements of Metcash Limited (the ‘Company’) and its controlled entities (together the ‘Group’) for the year ended 30 
April 2018 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 25 June 2018. 

Metcash Limited is a for profit company limited by ordinary shares incorporated and domiciled in Australia whose shares are 
publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange. The nature of the operations and principal activities of the Group are 
described in the Directors’ Report. The registered office of the Company is 1 Thomas Holt Drive, Macquarie Park NSW 2113. 

The basis of preparation for these financial statements and the significant accounting policies applied are summarised in Appendix 
B. 

2.  Segment information 
The Group has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Chief Executive 
Officer (the chief operating decision maker) in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources. Discrete 
financial information about these operating segments is reported on at least a monthly basis. 

The information reported to the CEO is aggregated based on product types and the overall economic characteristics of industries in 
which the Group operates. The Group’s reportable segments are therefore as follows: 

• 

Food & Grocery activities comprise the distribution of a range of products and services to independent supermarket and 
convenience retail outlets. 
Liquor activities comprise the distribution of liquor products to retail outlets and hotels. 

• 
•  Hardware activities comprise the distribution of hardware products to independent retail outlets and the operation of 

company owned retail stores. 

The Group operates predominantly in Australia. The Group has operations in New Zealand and China that represent less than 5% of 
revenue, results and assets of the Group. The Group does not have a single customer which represents greater than 10% of the 
Group's revenue. 

Sales between segments are based on similar terms and conditions to those in place with third party customers. 

Segment results 

Segment revenue 

Segment profit before tax 

Food & Grocery 
Liquor 
Hardware 
Segment results 
Corporate (a) 
Group earnings before interest and tax (‘EBIT’) 
Net finance costs 
Significant items (Note 3) 
Net (loss)/profit before tax  

FY18 
$m 

8,899.6 
3,465.5 
2,098.6 
14,463.7 

FY17 
$m 

9,180.0 
3,333.1 
1,608.8 
14,121.9 

FY18 
$m 

188.6 
68.4 
69.0 
326.0 
6.7 
332.7 
(26.4) 
(380.1) 
(73.8) 

FY17 
$m 

188.1 
67.0 
48.5 
303.6 
1.2 
304.8 
(33.6) 
(32.7) 
238.5 

(a) The positive Corporate result of $6.7 million (FY17: $1.2 million) is principally due to the reversal of a provision against the 
Huntingwood, NSW DC hail insurance claim which was settled in FY18 and a net gain of $2.8 million from the disposal of a surplus 
property.  The FY17 result included $5.8 million of net gains on sale of surplus properties. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

34 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

35 

60    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

3.  Revenue and expenses 

(i)  Other income 
Lease income – rent 
Lease income – outgoings recoveries 
Interest from other persons/corporations 
Net gain from disposal of plant and equipment 
Net gain from disposal of property 
Other  

(ii)  Operating lease expenses  
Property rent – stores  
Property rent – warehouse and other properties 
Property outgoings 
Equipment and other leases 

(iii) Employee benefit expenses 
Salaries and wages 
Superannuation expense 
Share-based payments 
Other employee benefit expenses 

(iv)  Depreciation and amortisation 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of software 
Amortisation of other intangible assets 

(v)  Provisions for impairment, net of reversals 
Trade receivables and loans 
Inventories 
Assets held for sale 
Equity-accounted investments 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Property lease and onerous contracts provisions 

(vi)  Finance costs 
Interest expense 
Transaction fees in relation to customer charge cards (note 10) 
Deferred borrowing costs 
Finance costs from discounting of provisions 

(vii) Significant items 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 
Impairment of equity-accounted investments and other tangible assets 
Provisions for lease and guarantee exposures 
HTH acquisition and integration costs 
Working Smarter restructuring costs 
Total significant items 
Income tax benefit attributable to significant items 
Total significant items after tax 

FY18 
$m 

72.0 
20.2 
4.6 
1.6 
2.8 
- 
101.2 

89.5 
81.7 
60.0 
22.7 
253.9 

559.0 
40.0 
2.3 
45.6 
646.9 

38.5 
20.5 
9.0 
68.0 

6.7 
15.1 
1.7 
- 
3.4 
0.1 
(8.0) 
19.0 

14.8 
8.4 
0.9 
6.9 
31.0 

318.4 
18.7 
15.0 
17.0 
11.0 
380.1 
(15.0) 
365.1 

FY17 
$m 

73.7 
19.8 
3.8 
0.2 
5.8 
1.1 
104.4 

87.5 
85.9 
55.9 
22.2 
251.5 

514.3 
42.1 
1.4 
47.5 
605.3 

36.2 
18.1 
9.2 
63.5 

17.0 
25.6 
1.9 
(1.1) 
1.7 
5.7 
1.6 
52.4 

19.6 
8.1 
1.4 
8.3 
37.4 

- 
- 
- 
13.6 
19.1 
32.7 
(9.8) 
22.9 

3.  Revenue and expenses (continued) 
Impairment of assets 

On 28 May 2018, Metcash advised the market that the Drakes Supermarkets group had communicated their intention not to provide 
a long-term commitment to the new proposed Metcash DC in South Australia. Shortly after Metcash’s ASX announcement, Drakes 
confirmed to the market that their own DC in South Australia is currently under development. 

As a result of the loss of this commitment, and the intensifying economic and competitive environment, particularly in Western 
Australia, an impairment expense of $352.1 million was recorded against the carrying value of assets in the Food & Grocery segment. 
The impairment expense predominantly related to goodwill and other intangible assets, but also included certain residual tangible 
assets and lease exposures.  

HTH acquisition and integration costs 

During the current year, costs of $17.0 million (FY17: $13.6 million) were incurred in relation to the integration of the Home Timber 
and Hardware (HTH) business into the existing Hardware business. The comparative number included costs in relation to the 
acquisition of the business in FY17. Refer note 23 for further details in relation to the acquisition. 

Working Smarter restructuring costs 

During the current year, the Group incurred $11.0 million (FY17: $19.1 million) of restructuring costs in relation to implementing the 
Working Smarter program. These costs are separately disclosed within significant items to enable a better understanding of the 
Group’s results. Implementation costs are directly associated with the program and are non-routine in nature, such as 
redundancies, restructuring costs and advisor fees. 

4.  Income tax 

Major components of income tax expense 
Current income tax charge 
Adjustments in respect of income tax of previous years 
Deferred income tax relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Total income tax expense 

Classification of income tax expense 
Income tax attributable to significant items 
Income tax attributable to other continuing operations 
Total income tax expense 

FY18 
$m 

87.6 
(3.1) 
(11.6) 
72.9 

(15.0) 
87.9 
72.9 

FY17 
$m 

58.0 
(4.8) 
11.6 
64.8 

(9.8) 
74.6 
64.8 

Reconciliation of income tax expense from continuing operations 
The following table presents a reconciliation between the tax expense implied by the Group’s applicable income tax rate and the actual 
expense for the year. 

Accounting profit/(loss) before income tax 
At the Group’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (FY17: 30%) 
Impairment of goodwill and other assets 
Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes  
Other amounts not assessable for income tax purposes 
Other amounts allowable for income tax purposes 
Adjustments in respect of income tax of previous years 
Income tax expense 

(73.8) 
(22.1) 
99.1 
0.9 
(1.9) 
- 
(3.1) 
72.9 

238.5 
71.6 
- 
1.6 
(2.6) 
(1.0) 
(4.8) 
64.8 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

36 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

37 

62    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

4. 

Income tax (continued) 

Components of deferred tax assets 
Provisions 
Unutilised tax losses 
Accelerated depreciation for accounting purposes 
Other 
Intangible assets (set off of deferred tax liabilities) 

Movements in deferred tax assets 
Opening balance 
Charged to net profit for the year 

Charged to other comprehensive income for the year 
Tax benefit associated with share issue costs 
Adjustments related to business combinations 

Closing balance 

FY18 
$m 

136.1 
1.6 
6.0 
1.8 
(35.8) 
109.7 

103.8 
11.6 

(0.3) 
- 
(5.4) 

109.7 

FY17 
$m 

135.7 
0.2 
1.0 
5.4 
(38.5) 
103.8 

105.5 
(11.6) 

(0.3) 
0.5 
9.7 

103.8 

The Group has unrecognised gross capital losses of $14.0 million (FY17: $16.1 million) that are available indefinitely for offset 
against future capital gains. 

Tax consolidation 
Metcash Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries formed a tax consolidated group with effect from 1 July 2005. 
Metcash Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax sharing 
arrangement in order to allocate income tax expense to the wholly owned subsidiaries on a modified standalone basis. In addition 
the agreement provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax 
payment obligations.  

Tax effect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group 
Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides for the 
allocation of current taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with a group allocation method using modified 
stand alone tax calculations as the basis for allocation. Deferred taxes of members of the tax consolidated group are measured and 
recognised in accordance with the principles of AASB 112 Income Taxes. 

Under the tax funding agreement, funding is based upon the amounts allocated and recognised by the member entities. 
Accordingly, funding results in an increase/decrease in the subsidiaries’ intercompany accounts with the tax consolidated group 
head company, Metcash Limited. 

5.  Dividends  

Dividends on ordinary shares  

Dividends paid on ordinary shares during the year 
Final fully franked dividend for FY17: 4.5c (FY16: nil) 
Interim fully franked dividend for FY18: 6.0c (FY17: nil) 

Dividends determined (not recognised as a liability as at 30 April) 
Final fully franked dividend for FY18: 7.0c (FY17: 4.5c) 

FY18 
$m 

43.9 
58.5 
102.4 

FY17 
$m 

- 
- 
- 

68.3 

43.9 

On 25 June 2018, the Board determined to pay a fully franked FY18 final dividend of 7.0 cents per share, sourced from the profit 
reserve established by Metcash Limited (Parent Company), with a record date of 11 July 2018 and payable in cash on 8 August 2018. 
The Dividend Reinvestment Plan remains suspended with effect from 26 June 2017.  

Franking credit balance of Metcash Limited 

Franking account balance as at the end of the financial year at 30% (FY17: 30%) 
Franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable at the reporting date 
Franking credits on dividends determined but not distributed to shareholders during the year 

6.  Trade receivables and loans 

Current 
Trade receivables - securitised (Note 15) 

Trade receivables - non-securitised 
Allowance for impairment loss 

Trade receivables 
Other receivables and prepayments 
Trade and other receivables 

Customer loans 
Allowance for impairment loss 
Customer loans 
Total trade receivables and loans – current 

FY18 
$m 

211.2 
24.1 
(29.3) 
206.0 

FY17 
$m 

192.0 
5.5 
(18.8) 
178.7 

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

769.4 

354.1 
(50.3) 

1,073.2 
110.9 
1,184.1 

27.1 
(7.5) 
19.6 
1,203.7 

744.6 

338.5 
(57.3) 

1,025.8 
105.5 
1,131.3 

28.0 
(9.3) 
18.7 
 1,150.0 

Trade receivables - customer charge cards agreement (Note 10) 

274.0 

276.0 

Non-current 
Customer loans 
Allowance for impairment loss 
Customer loans 
Other receivables 
Total trade receivables and loans – non-current 

28.1 
(8.1) 
20.0 
0.1 
20.1 

22.5 
(8.1) 
14.4 
2.0 
16.4 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

38 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

39 

64    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

6.  Trade receivables and loans (continued) 

Movements in allowance for impairment loss  

Opening balance  
Charged as an expense during the year 
Accounts written off as non-recoverable 
Related to acquisitions and disposals of businesses 
Closing balance 

FY18 
$m 

74.7 
9.4 
(16.0) 
(2.2) 
65.9 

FY17 
$m 

59.5 
17.0 
(28.2) 
26.4 
74.7 

Weighted average interest 
Trade and other receivables are non-interest bearing and repayment terms vary by business unit. As at 30 April 2018, $4.4 million 
(FY17: $7.5 million) of customer loans are non-interest bearing and $50.8 million (FY17: $43.0 million) of customer loans have a 
weighted average annual interest rate of 8.2% (FY17: 8.7%). 

Maturity of trade receivables 
At 30 April 2018, 86.2% of trade receivables are either due or required to be settled within 30 days (FY17: 82.8%), 13.1% have terms 
extending from 30 to 60 days (FY17: 16.6%) and 0.7% have terms greater than 60 days (FY17: 0.6%).  

Customer loan security 
The Group has access to security against most customer loans in the event of default. Security held may include bank and personal 
guarantees, fixed and floating charges and security over property and other assets. Due to the large number and the varied nature 
of security held, their fair value cannot be practicably estimated. The fair value of the security against a loan is determined when the 
loan is not deemed to be recoverable and a provision for impairment is raised to cover any deficit in recoverability. 

Ageing of unimpaired trade receivables and loans 

Days overdue 

$m 

% 

$m 

% 

$m 

% 

Trade receivables(a) 

Customer loans 

Other receivables and 
prepayments 

At 30 April 2018 
Neither past due nor impaired 
Less than 30 days 
Between 30 and 60 days 
Between 60 and 90 days 
Between 90 and 120 days 
More than 120 days 
Total 

1,256.2 
77.4 
4.9 
2.9 
2.7 
3.1 
1,347.2 

93.2% 
5.8% 
0.4% 
0.2% 
0.2% 
0.2% 
100.0% 

28.9 
- 
- 
0.4 
0.2 
10.1 
39.6 

73.0% 
- 
- 
1.0% 
0.5% 
25.5% 
100.0% 

110.7 
0.3 
- 
- 
- 
- 
111.0 

99.7% 
0.3% 
- 
- 
- 
- 
  100.0% 

7.  Equity-accounted investments 

Nature and extent 
Appendix D contains key information about the nature and extent of the Group’s equity-accounted investments. 

Contingent liabilities and commitments 
Refer note 15 for details of the Group’s contingent liabilities in relation to equity-accounted investments.  

Share of investees’ profit 
In aggregate, the Group’s share of income from equity-accounted investments during the year was $0.6 million (FY17: $9.7 million), 
which includes a $0.2 million (FY17: $3.3 million) share of income tax expense incurred by the investees. 

At the reporting date, the Group’s share of unrecognised gains or losses is not material. 

Share of investees’ net assets 

Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 

FY18 
$m 

78.5 
118.9 
197.4 

(94.9) 
(36.6) 
(131.5) 
65.9 

FY17 
$m 

70.2 
121.2 
191.4 

(90.0) 
(37.8) 
(127.8) 
63.6 

At 30 April 2017 
Neither past due nor impaired 
Less than 30 days 
Between 30 and 60 days 
Between 60 and 90 days 
Between 90 and 120 days 
More than 120 days 
Total 
(a) The ageing profile of trade receivables includes amounts receivable under the customer charge cards agreement. Refer note 10 
for further information. 

69.5% 
1.8% 
- 
- 
- 
28.7% 
100.0% 

90.4% 
9.6% 
- 
- 
- 
- 
100.0% 

89.4% 
8.2% 
1.4% 
0.5% 
0.4% 
0.1% 
100.0% 

1,164.0 
106.6 
18.4 
7.1 
5.0 
0.7 
1,301.8 

98.5 
9.0 
- 
- 
- 
- 
107.5 

23.0 
0.6 
- 
- 
- 
9.5 
33.1 

The Group expects that the unimpaired trade receivables and loans presented above are fully recoverable.  

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

40 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

41 

66    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

8.  Property, plant and equipment 

9.  Intangible assets and goodwill 

Year ended 30 April 2018 
Opening balance 
Additions 
Adjustments from business combinations (Note 23) 
Disposals 
Impairment  
Reclassifications 
Depreciation  
Closing balance 

At 30 April 2018 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
Net carrying amount 

Year ended 30 April 2017 
Opening balance 
Additions 
Additions through business combinations (Note 23) 
Disposals 
Impairment 
Reclassifications 
Depreciation  
Closing balance 

At 30 April 2017 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
Net carrying amount 

Land &  
buildings 
$m 

Plant & 
equipment 
$m 

37.9 
0.1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(0.1) 
37.9 

44.3 
(6.4) 
37.9 

26.4 
0.6 
22.0 
(0.1) 
- 
(11.0) 
- 
37.9 

44.2 
(6.3) 
37.9 

204.2 
41.7 
4.1 
(0.5) 
(3.4) 
(8.9) 
(38.4) 
198.8 

428.2 
(229.4) 
198.8 

225.5 
37.9 
4.3 
(9.2) 
(3.7) 
(14.4) 
(36.2) 
204.2 

400.7 
(196.5) 
204.2 

Total 
$m 

242.1 
41.8 
4.1 
(0.5) 
(3.4) 
(8.9) 
(38.5) 
236.7 

472.5 
(235.8) 
236.7 

251.9 
38.5 
26.3 
(9.3) 
(3.7) 
(25.4) 
(36.2) 
242.1 

444.9 
(202.8) 
242.1 

Additions to plant and equipment include $18.8 million (FY17: $14.8 million) of assets under construction. The closing balance of plant 
and equipment includes $23.0 million (FY17: $16.2 million) of assets under construction. 

The carrying value of assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts at 30 April 2018 is $6.0 million (FY17: $6.1 million). 

Software 
development 
costs 
$m 

Customer 
contracts 
$m 

Trade names 
and other 
$m 

Goodwill 
$m 

Year ended 30 April 2018 
Opening balance 
Additions 
Additions through business combinations (Note 23) 
Adjustments to business combinations (Note 23) 
Impairment 
Disposal 
Reclassifications 
Amortisation 
Closing balance 

At 30 April 2018 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment 
Net carrying amount  

Year ended 30 April 2017 
Opening balance 
Additions 
Additions through business combinations (Note 23) 
Impairment 
Reclassifications 
Amortisation 
Closing balance 

At 30 April 2017 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment 
Net carrying amount  

66.5 
7.9 
- 
(0.7) 
(1.6) 
(0.4) 
8.9 
(20.5) 
60.1 

261.6 
(201.5) 
60.1 

60.9 
6.4 
1.7 
(1.5) 
17.1 
(18.1) 
66.5 

248.4 
(181.9) 
66.5 

88.5 
2.4 
- 
- 
(3.0) 
- 
- 
(8.7) 
79.2 

234.0 
(154.8) 
79.2 

101.7 
1.0 
- 
(4.2) 
(1.2) 
(8.8) 
88.5 

231.6 
(143.1) 
88.5 

40.8 
- 
- 
- 
(0.2) 
- 
- 
(0.3) 
40.3 

43.4 
(3.1) 
40.3 

41.2 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(0.4) 
40.8 

43.4 
(2.6) 
40.8 

956.9 
- 
4.9 
(7.8) 
(315.2) 
- 
- 
- 
638.8 

1,395.6 
(756.8) 
638.8 

931.7 
- 
25.2 
- 
- 
- 
956.9 

1,398.5 
(441.6) 
956.9 

Total 
$m 

1,152.7 
10.3 
4.9 
(8.5) 
(320.0) 
(0.4) 
8.9 
(29.5) 
818.4 

1,934.6 
(1,116.2) 
818.4 

1,135.5 
7.4 
26.9 
(5.7) 
15.9 
(27.3) 
1,152.7 

1,921.9 
(769.2) 
1,152.7 

Impairment tests for goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives 

Description of cash generating units 

Goodwill acquired through business combinations is allocated to the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is 
monitored, being the three cash-generating units (or ‘CGU’s) - Food & Grocery, Liquor and Hardware. Indefinite life intangibles 
primarily comprise trade names and licences. 

Allocation to CGUs 

The carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are allocated to the Group’s CGUs as follows: 

Cash-generating units 

Food & Grocery 
Liquor 
Hardware 

Allocated goodwill 
FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

440.9 
117.4 
80.5 
638.8 

756.1 
112.5 
88.3 
956.9 

Trade names and 
other intangibles 

FY18 
$m 

0.2 
12.9 
27.2 
40.3 

FY17 
$m 

0.7 
12.9 
27.2 
40.8 

Post-tax discount rates 
FY18 
% 

FY17 
% 

11.3% 
10.1% 
10.1% 

11.3% 
10.1% 
10.1% 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

42 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

43 

68    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

9. Intangible assets and goodwill (continued) 
Assessment of carrying values 

The recoverable amounts were determined based on value-in-use calculations using cash flow projections covering a five year 
period, which are based on approved strategic plans or forecasts. Estimates beyond the five year period are calculated using 
terminal growth rates that are applicable to the trading environment in which the CGU operates. 

Key assumptions used in assessment 

The valuations used to support the carrying amounts of intangible assets are based on forward looking key assumptions that are, by 
nature, uncertain. The nature and basis of the key assumptions used to estimate future cash flows and the discount rates used in the 
projections, when determining the recoverable amount of each CGU, are set out below and in the table above: 

•  Operating cash flows - Operating cash flow projections are extracted from the most recent approved strategic plans or 
forecasts that relate to the existing asset base. For each CGU, the cash flow projections for a five-year period have been 
determined based on expectations of future performance. Key assumptions in the cash flows include sales volume growth, 
costs of sales and costs of doing business. These assumptions are based on expectations of market demand and operational 
performance. 

• 

• 

Cash flow projections are based on risk-adjusted forecasts allowing for estimated changes in the business, the competitive 
trading environment, legislation and economic growth. 

Discount rates - Discount rates are based on the weighted average cost of capital (‘WACC’) for the Group adjusted for an asset-
specific risk premium assigned to each CGU. The asset-specific risk premium is determined based on risk embedded within the 
cash flow projections and other factors specific to the industries in which the CGUs operate. 

The calculation of WACC is market-driven and key inputs include target capital structure, equity beta, market risk premium, 
risk-free rate of return and debt risk premium. Pre-tax equivalents of the adopted discount rates are derived iteratively and 
differ based on the timing and extent of tax cash flows. Pre-tax rates were 16.3% for Food & Grocery, 14.3% for Liquor and 
14.2% for Hardware. 

Terminal growth rates - Cash flows beyond the projection period are extrapolated indefinitely using estimated long-term 
growth rates applicable to the trading environment in which the CGUs operate. A terminal growth rate of 1.5% was applied to 
all CGUs. 

Results of assessment 

As described in note 3(vii), the loss of the Drakes supply commitment, and the intensifying economic and competitive environment, 
particularly in Western Australia, have resulted in changes to the forecast cash flows used in the impairment assessment, including 
the terminal year. As the headroom within the Food & Grocery CGU was already limited due to a previous impairment expense 
recognised in FY15, these changes resulted in an impairment of $315.2 million to the goodwill allocated to the CGU. The recoverable 
amount of the Food & Grocery CGU was $763 million. 

Sensitivity to changes in key assumptions 

As a result of the impairment noted above, the recoverable amount of the Food & Grocery CGU is now in line with the current 
carrying value of this CGU. Any future events that result in adverse changes to forward assumptions would accordingly result in 
further impairment. 

The following sensitivity changes to the Food & Grocery CGU are deemed to be reasonably possible and would increase the 
impairment charge, assuming all other assumptions are held constant: 

• 

• 

• 

A 10% reduction in forecasted EBIT across all projection years, including the terminal year, would cause an additional 
impairment charge of $79.7 million. 

An increase of 50 basis points in the post-tax discount rate to 11.8% would cause an additional impairment charge of  
$34.5 million; or 

A decrease of 50 basis points in the terminal growth rate to 1.0% would cause an additional impairment charge of $24.3 million. 

Together, any adverse changes in the key inputs would cumulatively result in a more significant additional impairment impact. 

At the assessment date, no reasonably likely change in key assumptions would cause the carrying amounts of the Liquor and 
Hardware CGUs to exceed their respective recoverable amounts. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

10.  Customer charge cards agreement 

Key terms 
Under an agreement between Metcash and American Express (Amex), eligible retail customers make trade purchases from Metcash 
using their Amex customer charge cards. Metcash’s trade receivable is settled in full by Amex. Amex subsequently collects the 
amounts outstanding on the customer charge cards directly from the retailers.  

Under the agreement, in the event a customer defaults on their payment obligation to Amex, Metcash must reacquire the trade 
receivable from Amex. The maximum amount payable by Metcash to Amex is limited to the actual face value of the outstanding 
trade receivable and does not include any interest or any other costs incurred by Amex. Once reacquired, Metcash will seek to 
collect the trade receivable from the retail customer through its normal credit processes.  

The agreement operates on an evergreen basis until either Metcash or Amex provides a 12 month notice of cancellation. The earliest 
date on which the agreement could be cancelled is 6 April 2021. 

Financial reporting changes 
The Group revised its presentation of the customer charge cards agreement, which was disclosed as a contingent liability in 
previous financial years. This revision resulted in the presentation of a current trade receivable (note 6) and a matching current 
payable (note 10) of $274.0 million (FY17: $276.0 million), with no impact to the Group’s net assets.   

As a consequence, net transaction costs of $8.4 million (FY17: $8.1 million) in relation to this agreement have been reclassified from 
administrative expense to finance costs. In the statement of cash flows, settlements received from Amex are reported within 
operating activities under ‘receipts from customers’. 

11.  Interest bearing borrowings 

Current 
Finance lease obligations 

Non-current 
Bank loans – syndicated 
US private placement (USPP) 
Finance lease obligations 
Bilateral loan 
Deferred borrowing costs 

FY18 
$m 

1.9 
1.9 

90.0 
33.9 
3.5 
1.2 
(1.5) 
127.1 

FY17 
$m 

3.0 
3.0 

150.0 
36.1 
3.5 
- 
(2.5) 
187.1 

Core borrowing facilities 
See note 15 for details of the Group’s core borrowing facilities. 

Finance lease obligations 
Finance leases have an average remaining lease term of 2 years with the option to purchase the asset at the completion of the lease 
term for the asset’s market value. The weighted average interest rate implicit in the lease is 4.2% (FY17: 4.9%). Certain lease 
liabilities are secured by a charge over the leased asset. 

Financial covenants 
The core borrowings of the Group must comply with three primary covenants which apply to the syndicated bank facilities, the 
working capital facilities and the USPP debt. These covenants are defined in the facility agreements and are summarised as follows: 
a fixed charges cover ratio (Underlying Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation and Net Rent (EBITDAR) divided by 
Total Net Interest plus Net Rent Expense), a senior leverage ratio (Total Group Debt divided by Underlying Earnings Before Interest, 
Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA)) and minimum shareholders’ funds (a fixed figure representing the Group share capital 
and reserves). At the reporting date, there were no defaults or breaches on the Group’s core borrowings. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

44 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

45 

70    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

11. Interest bearing borrowings (continued) 

Fair value 
The carrying amounts of the Group's borrowings approximate their fair value. The weighted average effective interest rate on the 
syndicated, working capital loans and the USPP debt, after taking into account cross currency and interest rate swaps, at the end of the 
financial year was 4.7% (FY17: 4.5%). 

12.  Provisions 

30 April 2018 
Current 
Non-current 

30 April 2017 
Current 
Non-current 

Employee 
entitlements 
$m 

Property lease 
and onerous 
contracts 
provisions 
$m 

107.4 
11.2 
118.6 

109.2 
8.8 
118.0 

19.0 
126.4 
145.4 

30.5 
132.6 
163.1 

Total 
$m 

126.4 
137.6 
264.0 

139.7 
141.4 
281.1 

Property lease provisions include the value of certain retail store lease obligations recognised as part of the acquisition of Franklins in 
FY12 and HTH in FY17. The provision is initially recognised at the acquisition date fair value and subsequently utilised to settle lease 
obligations. The provision related to an individual lease is derecognised when the Group has met its obligations in full under that lease. 

Provisions are also recognised for obligations such as onerous retail head lease exposures, property make-good, restructuring and 
other costs. Depending on the nature of these obligations, they are expected to be settled over the term of the lease, at the 
conclusion of the lease or otherwise when the obligation vests. 

Movements in property lease and onerous contracts provisions 

Opening balance 
Expense arising during the year, net 
Utilised during the year 
Reclassifications and other transactions 
Resulting from acquisitions of businesses 
Finance cost discount rate adjustment 
 Closing balance 

FY18 
$m 

163.1 
7.0 
(18.1) 
- 
(13.5) 
6.9 
145.4 

FY17 
$m 

147.8 
1.6 
(18.0) 
2.9 
20.5 
8.3 
163.1 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

13.  Contributed equity and reserves 

Contributed and other equity 

At 1 May 
Issued under equity raising 
Share issue costs net of tax 
Capital reduction (Note 20) 
At 30 April – contributed equity 
Other equity 
Total contributed and other equity 

FY18 

Number of 
shares 

975,641,876 
- 
- 
- 
975,641,876 
- 
975,641,876 

$m 

2,485.2 
- 
- 
(1,119.3) 
1,365.9 
(765.9) 
600.0 

FY17 

Number of 
shares 

928,357,876 
47,284,000 
- 
- 
975,641,876 
- 
975,641,876 

$m 

2,391.9 
94.6 
(1.3) 
- 
2,485.2 
(765.9) 
1,719.3 

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends. Shares have no par value. 

In FY17, the Company issued 40.0 million shares via an Institutional Placement and 7.3 million shares via a Share Placement Plan, 
both at $2.00 per share, which raised $94.6 million of equity. 

The ‘Other equity’ account was used to record the reverse acquisition in 2005 in accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations. 
Refer Appendix B.3 for further details. During FY18, an adjustment was recorded in relation to a capital reduction transaction to 
eliminate the difference in share capital between the Group and the Parent Company. The ‘other equity’ account will consequently 
not be reported separately in future reporting periods. Refer note 20 for further details on the capital reduction transaction. 

Other reserves 

At 1 May 2016 
Total comprehensive income, net of tax 
Share-based payments expense 
At 30 April 2017 

Settlements during the year 
Movement in fair value of derivatives 
Movement in foreign currency valuations 
Tax impact of above movements 
Total comprehensive income, net of tax 
Transfers to retained earnings 
Share-based payments expense 
At 30 April 2018 

Share-based 
payments reserve 
$m 

Foreign currency 
translation 
reserve 
$m 

Cash flow 
hedge reserve 
$m 

Total 
other reserves 
$m 

0.8 
- 
1.4 
2.2 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(0.9) 
2.3 
3.6 

(5.2) 
0.6 
- 
(4.6) 

- 
- 
0.2 
- 
0.2 
- 
- 
(4.4) 

(1.2) 
0.6 
- 
(0.6) 

2.6 
(1.6) 
- 
(0.3) 
0.7 
- 
- 
0.1 

(5.6) 
1.2 
1.4 
(3.0) 

2.6 
(1.6) 
0.2 
(0.3) 
0.9 
(0.9) 
2.3 
(0.7) 

Refer Appendix B for further details on the above reserves. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

46 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

47 

72    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

14. Statement of cash flows 

Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities 

Net profit for the year 

Adjustments for: 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Impairment losses and net lease provisions (Note 3) 
Net profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Share-based payments 
Other adjustments 

Changes in assets and liabilities 
(Increase) in trade and other receivables 
Decrease/(increase) in other current assets 
(Increase) in inventories 
Decrease in tax balances 
Increase in payables and provisions 
Cash from operating activities 

15.  Financial risk management  

FY18 
$m 

(146.7) 

68.0 
372.6 
(4.4) 
2.3 
3.8 

(64.6) 
1.9 
(46.9) 
7.3 
95.3 
288.6 

FY17 
$m 

173.7 

63.5 
54.4 
(5.8) 
1.4 
1.4 

(61.9) 
(2.6) 
(5.2) 
1.7 
84.0 
304.6 

Objectives and policies 
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans, bonds and overdrafts, finance and operating leases, cash and short-
term deposits and derivatives. The main purpose of these instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. The Group has 
various other financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables and payables, which arise directly from its operations. 

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and credit risk. The Board 
reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are detailed below. The objective of the Group’s risk 
management policy is to support delivery of the Group's financial targets while protecting future financial security. 

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement 
and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial instrument, financial liability and 
equity instrument are disclosed in Appendix B. 

Liquidity risk and funding management 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to meet its payment obligations when they fall due under normal and stressed 
circumstances. To limit this risk, the Group manages assets with liquidity in mind, and monitors future cash flows and liquidity on a 
daily basis. The Group has three sources of primary debt funding, of which 16% has been utilised at 30 April 2018. The Group 
monitors forecasts of liquidity reserves on the basis of expected cash flow. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

15. Financial risk management (continued) 
Available credit facilities 

At the reporting date, the Group had unused credit facilities available for its immediate use as follows: 

Syndicated facility 
US private placement 
Securitisation facility 
Working capital, including guarantees 
Bilateral loan 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total facility 
$m 

Debt usage 
$m 

Guarantees & 
other usage 
$m 

Facility available 
$m 

575.0 
23.3 
100.0 
150.0 
1.2 
849.5 
- 
849.5 

90.0 
23.3 
- 
- 
1.2 
114.5 
- 
114.5 

- 
- 
- 
22.3 
- 
22.3 
- 
22.3 

485.0 
- 
100.0 
127.7 
- 
712.7 
161.2 
873.9 

• 

Syndicated facility 
Syndicated bank loans are senior unsecured loan note subscription facilities. The facilities are due to expire in June 2019 
($125.0 million), June 2020 ($350.0 million) and August 2021 ($100.0 million). Interest payable on the facilities is based on BBSY 
plus a margin and interest rate resets are monthly. The applicable margin is dependent upon an escalation matrix linked to the 
senior leverage ratio achieved. These bank loans are subject to certain financial undertakings as detailed in note 11. 

•  US private placement  

US private placement (USPP) comprises two tranches of fixed coupon debt of US$5.0 million maturing September 2019 and 
US$20.0 million maturing September 2023. The foreign exchange and fixed interest rate risk has been hedged using cross 
currency interest rate swaps. The financial effect of these hedges is to convert the US$25.0 million of USPP fixed interest rate 
debt into $23.3 million of floating rate debt with interest payable on a quarterly basis at BBSW plus a margin. 

The debt was revalued at the reporting date to $33.9 million (FY17: $36.1 million), as presented in note 11. The fair value of the 
associated cross currency interest rate swaps is separately classified within derivative financial instruments. The USPP debt is 
subject to certain financial undertakings as detailed in note 11. 

• 

Securitisation facility  
Under the $100.0 million debt securitisation facility, an equitable interest has been granted in certain trade receivables to a 
special purpose trust, which is managed by a major Australian bank. The facility is subject to the periodic renewal of the facility 
agreement and is currently committed until May 2019. Interest payable on the facility is based on BBSY plus a margin. 

The terms of the facility require that, at any time, the book value of the securitised receivables must exceed by at least a certain 
proportional amount, the funds drawn under the facility. At the end of the financial year, trade receivables of $769.4 million 
(FY17: $744.6 million) had been securitised, with nil (FY17: nil) funds drawn under the facility. Accordingly, the resultant security 
margin exceeded the minimum required at that time. 

The facility may be terminated by the trust manager at short notice in the event of an act of default, which includes the 
insolvency of any of the individual companies securitising trade receivables, failure of the Group to remit funds when due, or a 
substantial deterioration in the overdue proportion of certain trade receivables. The Group considers that it does not control 
the special purpose trust as it does not have power to determine the operating and financial policies of the trust, nor is the 
Group exposed to the risks and benefits of the trust. Accordingly, the Group does not consolidate the trust in its financial 
statements. 

•  Working capital 

Working capital bank loans are represented by two unsecured revolving facilities totalling $150.0 million. These facilities will 
expire in May 2019 ($50.0 million) and June 2019 ($100.0 million). Interest payable on any loans drawn under these facilities is 
based on BBSY or the RBA cash rate plus a margin. These bank loans are subject to certain financial undertakings as detailed in 
note 11. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

48 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

49 

74    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

15. Financial risk management (continued) 
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities based on contracted date 

The following table reflects the gross contracted values of financial liabilities categorised by their contracted dates of settlement.  

Net settled derivatives comprise interest rate swap contracts that are used to hedge floating rate interest payable on bank debt. Gross 
settled derivatives comprise forward exchange contracts that are used to hedge anticipated purchase commitments. Under the terms 
of these agreements, the settlements at expiry include a both a cash payment and receipt. 

Year ended 30 April 2018 
Trade and other payables 
Customer charge cards agreement 
Finance lease obligations 
Financial guarantee contracts 
Put options written over non-controlling interests 
Bank and other loans 
Derivative liabilities – net settled 
Derivative liabilities – gross settled: 
 - Inflows 
 - Outflows 
Net maturity 

Year ended 30 April 2017 
Trade and other payables 
Customer charge cards agreement 
Finance lease obligations 
Financial guarantee contracts 
Put options written over non-controlling interests 
Bank and other loans 
Derivative liabilities – net settled 
Derivative liabilities – gross settled: 
 - Inflows 
 - Outflows 
Net maturity 

1 year  
or less* 
$m 

1 - 5 years 
$m 

More than 5 
years 
$m 

1,629.6 
274.0 
2.6 
1.5 
5.3 
2.3 
0.7 

(6.5) 
6.6 
1,916.1 

1,524.3 
276.0 
3.3 
2.2 
7.7 
5.9 
1.8 

(10.2) 
10.2 
1,821.2 

- 
- 
2.9 
- 
- 
98.4 
0.7 

- 
- 
102.0 

- 
- 
3.6 
1.5 
- 
168.4 
1.9 

- 
- 
175.4 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
20.4 
- 

- 
- 
20.4 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
19.7 
- 

- 
- 
19.7 

Total 
$m 

1,629.6 
274.0 
5.5 
1.5 
5.3 
121.1 
1.4 

(6.5) 
6.6 
2,038.5 

1,524.3 
276.0 
6.9 
3.7 
7.7 
194.0 
3.7 

(10.2) 
10.2 
2,016.3 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

15. Financial risk management (continued) 
Metcash has also provided a put option to co-investors in a Hardware joint venture for their ownership interest in an equity-accounted 
investment. The holders of this put option have the right to put this investment back to the Group under certain prescribed 
circumstances. The put option purchase price is defined within the option deed and is active until April 2022. The put option 
consideration is estimated to be $9.2 million (FY17: $10.9 million). 

In addition to the above contingent put options, the Group has recognised a liability of $5.3 million (FY17: $7.7 million) in respect of two 
put options written over non-controlling interests in non-wholly owned subsidiaries within the Hardware segment. These put option 
arrangements allow minority shareholders to sell their equity interests to Metcash, subject to specific terms and conditions. These put 
options are measured at the present value of the redemption amount under the option as set out in the above maturity table. 

Interest rate risk 
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s bank debt obligations with a 
floating interest rate. 

Metcash manages this risk by entering into interest rate swap contracts with various major Australian banks. At 30 April 2018, the 
principal hedged was $90.0 million with a weighted average hedge maturity of 2.4 years and a weighted average base interest rate of 
2.3%. The Group considers these derivatives to be effective hedges in accordance with AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement and therefore treats them as cash flow hedges. These interest rate swap contracts are exposed to fair value movements 
based on changes to the interest rate curve. 

At the reporting date, the Group had the following mix of financial assets and liabilities exposed to Australian variable interest rate risk 
that, except as indicated, are not designated in cash flow hedges: 

Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial liabilities 
Bank loans – syndicated 
US private placement 
Bilateral loan 
Less: Interest rate swaps notional principal value - designated as cash flow hedges 

Net exposure 

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

161.2 

96.5 

(90.0) 
(23.3) 
(1.2) 
90.0 
(24.5) 
136.7 

(150.0) 
(23.3) 
- 
150.0 
(23.3) 
73.2 

The Group's treasury policy requires core debt to be hedged between a minimum and maximum range over certain maturity periods. 
Core debt is defined as the minimum level of drawn debt which is expected to occur over the year. As at 30 April 2018, the interest rate 
swap hedges of $90.0 million fell within the required range. 

* The Group has granted two contingent put options, which are not included in the above maturity analysis table. These options are 
recognised at a fair value of nil.  

Sensitivity analysis 

Metcash has a 26.0% ownership interest in Ritchies Stores Pty Ltd (Ritchies), which is recognised as an equity-accounted investment in 
the Group's balance sheet (refer note 7). The remaining shareholders in Ritchies have the right to put their 74.0% ownership interests 
to Metcash subject to a margin related annual financial hurdle (‘hurdle’) being achieved. 

The put options can be exercised annually during a prescribed period immediately following the approval of Ritchies annual financial 
statements or in certain limited circumstances by individual shareholders within a prescribed period. The put options can, however, 
only be exercised during these periods if Ritchies achieved the hurdle in the previous financial year. 

Should the hurdle be achieved and the shareholders elect to exercise the put option, the purchase consideration payable by Metcash is 
based on a multiple of the prior year reported earnings adjusted for a number of material factors that are subject to commercial 
negotiation and agreement between the parties. 

As the hurdle was not achieved for the financial year ended June 2017, it is not possible to determine the specific consideration that 
would have been payable under the put option agreement at that time. However, assuming the financial hurdle had been achieved, 
and based on Ritchies reported financial results for the year ended June 2017, Metcash estimates that the consideration payable in 
respect of the Ritchies 2017 financial year would have been between $120 million and $135 million. 

The determination of the put option consideration and the maturity date include a number of potentially material judgements and 
estimates and therefore the actual consideration and timing could vary. 

The put option agreement terminates when Metcash ceases to hold shares in Ritchies or if Ritchies lists on the ASX. 

A 0.25% change in interest rates is estimated to result in a $0.2 million (FY17: $0.3 million) change in the Group’s net profit after tax and 
a $0.4 million (FY17: $0.6 million) change in the Group’s other comprehensive income. The movements in profit are due to higher/lower 
interest costs from variable rate bank debt and other loans net of interest rate derivatives that hedge core debt. The movement in 
other comprehensive income is due to cash flow hedge fair value adjustments on interest rate swap contracts. 

These movements have been selected as they are considered reasonable, given the current economic climate and the current levels of 
short and long term Australian interest rates. It is assumed within this calculation that all other variables have been held constant. It 
also includes the impact of the Group’s interest rate derivatives that hedge core debt.  

Credit risk 

Trade receivables and loans 

The Group trades with a large number of customers and it is Group policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are 
subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, where a loan has been provided, the Group will obtain security over certain assets 
of the customer wherever possible. 

Receivables and loans are monitored on an ongoing basis and a formal review of all balances occurs every six months. Where 
necessary, appropriate provisions are established. 

As identified in note 6, the current level of impairment provision represents 5.1% (FY17: 6.0%) of the Group’s receivables and loans. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

50 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

51 

76    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

15. Financial risk management (continued) 
Leases 

The Group is exposed to credit risk on ‘back-to-back’ arrangements contained within its property leases where Metcash has 
subleased properties to retailers. Material lease arrangements are regularly reviewed and appropriate provisions are established 
when such arrangements are deemed onerous. Refer note 12 for further details. 

Derivative financial instruments 

The Group’s derivative financial instruments are with financial institutions with credit ratings of AA- to A and at 30 April 2018, the mark-
to-market position of derivative financial assets is $10.7 million. This valuation includes a credit valuation adjustment of $0.8 million 
attributable to derivatives counterparty default risk. The changes in counterparty risk had no material effect in the hedge effectiveness 
assessment for derivatives designated in hedge relationships and other financial instruments recognised at fair value. 

Other 

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. 

Foreign currency risk 
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange fluctuations on transactions and balances in respect of business units in New Zealand and 
China. These operations represent less than 2% of total sales and total profit after tax, and as such the exposure is minimal. 

In addition, the Group undertakes some foreign currency transactions when purchasing goods and services. The Group enters into 
forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk associated with anticipated purchase commitments denominated in foreign 
currencies. 

The amount of foreign exchange cover is based on anticipated future purchases in light of current conditions in foreign markets, 
commitments from customers and experience. 

The Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk on principal and interest payments in relation to the US$25.0 million USPP facility have 
been hedged using cross currency interest rate swaps (see note 11). 

16. Capital management 
For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes all accounts classified as equity on the statement of financial 
position. The Board’s intention is to retain adequate funds within the business to reinvest in future growth opportunities and 
otherwise return surplus capital to shareholders.  

On 25 June 2018, the Board determined to pay a fully franked FY18 final dividend of 7.0 cents per share. Consistent with the Board’s 
communicated target, this represents a full year dividend payout ratio of ~60% of Underlying Earnings Per Share. 

The Board and management set out to maintain appropriate Statement of Financial Position ratios. Certain Statement of Financial 
Position ratios are also imposed under the Group’s banking facilities (refer to note 11).  

Management monitor capital through the gearing ratio (net debt / net debt plus total equity). The gearing ratios at 30 April 2018 and 
30 April 2017 were (3.2)% (negative representing a net cash position) and 4.7% respectively.  

Other than the Board’s announcement regarding dividends, no changes were made in objectives, policies or processes for 
managing capital during the reporting periods presented. 

17. Commitments 

Operating leases 
The Group has a number of back-to-back leases for retail stores, which are contracted at substantially offsetting terms and 
conditions. The Group also leases distribution centres, offices and warehouse equipment. Contingent rentals are payable to reflect 
movements in the Consumer Price Index on certain leases and to reflect the turnover of certain stores.  

Future minimum rentals payable under operating leases as at 30 April are as follows: 

Within 1 year 
After 1 year but not more than 5 years 
More than 5 years 
Aggregate lease expenditure contracted for at reporting date 

Future lease payments receivable under sub-leases as at 30 April are as follows: 

Within 1 year 
After 1 year but not more than 5 years 
More than 5 years 
Aggregate lease income contracted for at the reporting date 

Capital expenditure commitments 
The Group had no material commitments for capital expenditure at 30 April 2018.  

FY18 
$m 

207.0 
602.5 
563.6 
1,373.1 

FY18 
$m 

77.7 
249.2 
252.0 
578.9 

FY17 
$m 

210.5 
642.3 
638.9 
1,491.7 

FY17 
$m 

78.6 
259.9 
278.5 
617.0 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

52 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

53 

78    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

18. Related party disclosures 
A list of the Group’s subsidiaries is included in Appendix C and a list of equity-accounted investments is included in Appendix D. 

Material transactions and balances with related parties - Group 

Transactions with related parties – Equity-accounted investments 
Sales revenue 
Lease charges  
Acquisition of shares in joint ventures and associates 
Dividends received  

Balances with related parties – Equity-accounted investments 
Trade receivables – gross 
Provision for impairment 

Loans receivable – gross 
Provision for impairment 

FY18 
$m 

1,278.6 
15.7 
3.4 
1.1 

115.5 
(4.8) 
110.7 

6.5 
(5.5) 
1.0 

FY17 
$m 

1,272.9 
13.1 
- 
5.2 

106.1 
(3.8) 
102.3 

6.8 
(6.8) 
- 

In addition to the above transactions, the Group recorded a significant items impairment expense in FY18, due primarily to the loss 
of its supply relationship with Drakes. The impairment expense factors in Metcash’s trading relationship with Dramet Holdings Pty 
Ltd, a joint venture between Metcash and Drakes. Refer note 3(vii) for further information. 

Transactions and balances with related parties – Parent entity 
Details of key related party transactions and balances in the accounts of the parent entity are set out in note 20. 

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group 

Short-term 
Long-term 
Post-employment 
Termination benefits 
Share-based payments 

FY18 
$m 

9.8 
0.8 
0.2 
- 
0.5 
11.3 

FY17 
$m 

9.6 
0.2 
0.2 
- 
1.0 
11.0 

Other transactions with key management personnel 
Mr Patrick Allaway is a director of Fairfax Media Limited. Ms Fiona Balfour is a former director of Salmat Limited and TAL (Dai–ichi 
Life Australia) Limited. Ms Tonianne Dwyer is a director of Dexus Property Group. Mr Rob Murray is a director of Southern Cross 
Media Group Limited and was a former director of Linfox Logistics Pty Ltd. Ms Helen Nash is a director of Inghams Enterprises Pty 
Limited, Blackmores Limited and Southern Cross Media Group Limited; and a former director of Pacific Brands Group Limited. Ms 
Anne Brennan is a director of Rabobank Australia Limited and Charter Hall Limited. 

Metcash has business relationships with the above entities, including supply of trading goods and services, interest-bearing 
borrowings and derivatives, property leases, and property management and development. The Rabobank Group provides a working 
capital facility, a syndicated bank facility and derivative financial instruments to Metcash. 

All transactions with the above entities are conducted on an arm’s length basis in the ordinary course of business.  

19. Share-based payments  

Description of share-based payment arrangements 

The Group currently has one active share-based incentive scheme for employees - the Long Term Incentive (LTI) scheme. Grants 
under the scheme are subject to two performance conditions: Relative Total Shareholder Return (‘RTSR’) and Underlying Earnings 
per Share Compound Annual Growth Rate (‘UEPS CAGR’) over a three year period specific under each grant.  

At 30 April 2018, there are two outstanding grants under the LTI scheme, the LTI (FY17- FY19) and LTI (FY18- FY20), representing two 
different three-year performance periods. 

The Additional Transformation Incentive (‘ATI’) was granted to the former Group CEO and the Group CFO in FY15. During the current 
year, the participants voluntarily requested that the Board cancel the plan, which was accepted by the Board. This resulted in the 
plan being cancelled and the acceleration of the remaining accounting expense in FY18. 

The Board applied its discretion not to keep the CEO Supermarkets & Convenience Commencement Grant issued in FY16 to Mr Cain 
on foot upon Mr Cain’s resignation. The plan included a service component and a performance component based on the earnings of 
the Supermarkets business over a four-year period from 1 May 2016 to 30 April 2020. Accordingly, this forfeiture resulted in the 
reversal of the expense recognised for years FY16 and FY17 of $0.7 million in FY18. 

Measurement of fair values 

LTI Performance Rights 

The weighted average inputs to the valuation of LTI performance rights valued at grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model are as follows: 

Dividend yield 
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility 
Days to vesting 
Exercise price 
Share price at grant date 
Fair value at grant date 

LTI  
FY18 – FY20 
(UEPS) 

LTI  
FY17 – FY19 
(UEPS) 

3.0% 
1.9% 
42.0% 
1,120 
- 
$2.51 
$2.33 

2.5% 
1.5% 
41.0% 
1,127 
- 
$2.03 
$1.88 

The weighted average inputs to the valuation of LTI performance rights valued at grant date using the Monte Carlo option pricing 
model are as follows: 

Dividend yield 
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility 
Days to vesting 
Exercise price 
Share price at grant date 
Fair value at grant date 

LTI FY18 – FY20 
(RTSR) 

LTI FY17 – FY19 
(RTSR) 

3.0% 
1.9% 
42.0% 
1,120 
- 
$2.51 
$1.55 

2.5% 
1.5% 
41.0% 
1,127 
- 
$2.03 
$1.27 

Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the grants were not taken into account in measuring fair value. Market 
performance conditions associated with the grants have been reflected in the fair value measurement. Expected volatility is based on 
an evaluation of the historical volatility of Metcash’s share price, particularly over the historical period commensurate with the 
expected term. Performance rights are only exercisable on their vesting date. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

54 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

55 

80    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

19. Share-based payments (continued) 

Reconciliation of outstanding performance rights 

The following table illustrates the movement in the number of performance rights during the year: 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year – LTI 
Expired/forfeited during the year – LTI 
Outstanding at the end of the year 

FY18 
Number 

FY17 
Number 

 8,192,019 
3,410,670 
(6,942,613) 
 4,660,076 

     12,497,505 
      3,405,652 
       (7,711,138) 
       8,192,019 

The outstanding balance of performance rights as at 30 April 2018 is represented by:  

Scheme name 

LTI FY17 – FY19  
LTI FY18 – FY20 
Total outstanding at the reporting date 

Key terms and conditions 

Vesting date 

15 August 2019 
15 August 2020 

Total 
outstanding 
(number) 

2,133,960 
2,526,116 
4,660,076 

Exercisable 
(number) 

Remaining 
contractual life 

- 
- 
- 

1 year 4 months 
2 year 4 months 

All performance rights associated with the above schemes are equity-settled performance rights and were issued under the Metcash 
Executives and Senior Managers Performance Rights Plan (Rights Plan). Fully paid ordinary shares issued under this plan rank equally 
with all other existing fully paid ordinary shares in respect of voting and dividends rights. 

The key terms of the Rights Plan include: 

• 

• 
• 
• 

Each performance right is an entitlement to receive a fully paid ordinary share in the Company on terms and conditions 
determined by the Board, including vesting conditions linked to service and performance over a three year period; 
Performance rights which do not vest are forfeited; 
Performance rights are offered at no cost to participants; 
Performance rights do not carry voting or dividend rights, however shares allocated upon vesting of performance rights will 
carry the same rights as other ordinary shares; 

•  Ordinarily, in the event of cessation of employment, a KMP’s unvested performance rights will lapse; however this is subject 
to Board discretion, which may be exercised in circumstances including death and disability, retirement, redundancy or 
special circumstances; 

•  When testing performance conditions, the Board has full discretion in relation to its calculation and to include or exclude 

items if appropriate, including to better reflect shareholder expectations or management performance; 
Some or all of a participant’s performance rights may vest even if a performance condition has not been satisfied, if, using its 
discretion, the Board considers that to do so would be in the interests of the Group; and 
If there is a change in control of the Group, the Board retains full discretion to vest or lapse some or all performance rights. 

• 

• 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

20. Information relating to Metcash Limited (the Parent Company) 
In accordance with the amendment to the Corporations Act 2001, Metcash Limited (the Parent Company) has replaced the separate 
entity financial statements with the following note.  

Statement of financial position 
Current assets – amounts receivable from subsidiaries 
Non-current assets – investments in subsidiaries 
Total assets 
Current liabilities – loans payable to subsidiaries 
Net assets 

Contributed equity 
Accumulated losses 
Profit reserve 
Share-based payments reserve 
Total equity 

Statement of comprehensive income 
Dividends received from subsidiaries 
Other transactions 
Net profit for the year 
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

1,535.5 
941.1 
2,476.6 
(2,062.5) 
414.1 

600.0 
(1,265.4) 
1,075.9 
3.6 
414.1 

28.3 
- 
28.3 
28.3 

1,633.9 
941.1 
2,575.0 
(2,089.1) 
485.9 

3,151.1 
(3,817.4) 
1,150.0 
2.2 
485.9 

1,155.1 
- 
1,155.1 
1,155.1 

Profit reserve 
During FY17, the Parent Company established a profit reserve within its separate financial statements, in accordance with the 
Company’s constitution. During the current financial year, the FY17 final dividend of $43.9 million and FY18 interim dividend of 
$58.5 million were paid and sourced from the profit reserve. Prior to the end of the current financial year, $28.3 million of the profit 
generated in FY18 was credited into the profit reserve.  

Capital reduction 
The Parent Company undertook a capital reduction in FY18 to reduce its share capital by $2,551.1 million to $600.0 million, in 
accordance with section 258F of the Corporations Act 2001. The reduction was allocated in full to the accumulated losses account in 
the Parent Company with no impact on the net assets of the Parent Company or the Group. On consolidation, the share capital of 
the Group has been adjusted by $1,119.3 million to reflect the revised share capital of the Parent Company. 

Closed Group  
The Parent Company has provided guarantees as part of the Closed Group arrangements as disclosed in Appendix C. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

56 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

57 

82    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

21. Auditors remuneration 

Amounts received or due and receivable by EY Australia for: 
 - an audit or review of the financial statements of the entity and any other entity in the Group 
 - other assurance related services 

Other services in relation to the entity and any other entity in the Group 
 - tax compliance and advisory services 
 - other advisory services 

FY18 
$ 

FY17 
$ 

2,033,000 
- 
2,033,000 

472,000 
207,000 
679,000 

2,712,000 

1,620,000 
- 
1,620,000 

597,000 
818,000 
1,415,000 

3,035,000 

22. Earnings per share 
The following reflects the income data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) computations: 

Earnings used in calculating basic and diluted EPS  
Net (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of Metcash Limited 

The following reflects the share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computations: 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic EPS 
Effect of dilutive securities 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted EPS 

FY18 
$m 

FY17 
$m 

(149.5) 

171.9 

FY18 
Number 

FY17 
Number 

975,641,876 
2,212,796 
977,854,672 

958,778,523 
1,248,511 
960,027,034 

At the reporting date, 4,660,076 performance rights (FY17: 8,192,019) were outstanding, of which 2,447,280 (FY17: 5,513,143) were not 
included in the calculation of diluted EPS as they are not dilutive for the periods presented. Refer note 19 for more details about 
performance rights. 

23. Business combinations 

Home Timber & Hardware (‘HTH’) 

On 2 October 2016, the Group acquired 100% of the shares of Danks Holdings Pty Limited (the holding company for Home Timber & 
Hardware or ‘HTH’) for a total purchase consideration of $178.7 million. HTH is an integrated hardware wholesaler and retailer, 
including the Home Timber & Hardware, Thrifty-Link, Hardings and Hudson Building Supplies retail brands. The acquisition created 
a ~$2 billion hardware business servicing a retail network of ~750 bannered stores and a further ~500 unbannered stores. 

The purchase consideration of $178.7 million was fully paid in cash and allocated as follows. 

Purchase consideration 
Cash consideration 
Less: Cash and bank balances acquired 
Net cash outflow on acquisition, before transaction costs 

Net assets acquired 
Trade receivables and loans 
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment and software 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade payables and provisions 
Net assets, at acquisition date fair value 

Total 
$m 

193.5 
(14.8) 
178.7 

170.1 
100.7 
31.5 
8.9 
4.2 
(136.7) 
178.7 

The acquisition date fair values ascribed to net assets in the FY17 annual report were based on a preliminary accounting 
assessment. During the current financial year, fair values have been adjusted mainly for an increase of $3.4 million in property, plant 
and equipment and software development costs and a reduction of $13.1 million in trade payables and provisions. This was partly 
offset by a reduction of $5.3 million in inventories and $5.5 million in deferred tax assets. This resulted in a decrease of $7.8 million 
in goodwill. There were no significant changes to the post-acquisition period income statement included within the FY17 annual 
report. 

The carrying amount of acquired trade receivables includes a provision for amounts estimated to be uncollectible at the date of 
acquisition.  

Other business combinations 

During the year, the Group entered into a number of other business combinations that were not material to the Group, individually 
or in aggregate. The total purchase consideration for these businesses was $15.3 million, including $10.1 million of cash 
consideration, of which $4.9 million was allocated to goodwill. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

58 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

59 

84    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

24. Contingent assets and liabilities 

Appendix A - Financial reporting changes from the adoption of new accounting standards 

Bank guarantees to third parties in respect of property lease obligations  
Bank guarantees in respect of Work Cover 

FY18 
$m 

19.4 
2.9 

FY17 
$m 

16.7 
11.3 

Financial guarantee contracts 
The Group has granted a financial guarantee contract relating to the bank loan of a joint venture, Adcome Pty Ltd. Under the contract, 
the bank has the right to require Metcash to repay the debt under certain prescribed circumstances of default. The estimate of the 
maximum amount payable in respect of the guarantee, if exercised, is $47.5 million (FY17: $47.5 million).  

Had the guarantee been exercised at 30 April 2018, the amount payable would have been $43.6 million (FY17: $43.9 million). The fair 
value of the financial guarantee contract at the reporting date was $1.5 million (FY17: $3.7 million) and is recognised as a financial 
liability. 

Put options 
Refer note 15 for details of put options outstanding at balance sheet date. 

25.  Subsequent events 
Other than matters disclosed in this report, there were no events that have occurred after the end of the financial year that would 
materially affect the reported results or would require disclosure in this report. 

(a) AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

(c) AASB 16 Leases 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers is applicable to the 
Group effective FY19 and will supersede all current revenue 
recognition requirements under Australian Accounting Standards. 
The Group plans to apply the full retrospective method in adopting 
the new standard, resulting in the restatement of certain FY18 
comparative information presented in this financial report.  

The Group has not concluded its assessment of the impact upon 
adoption of AASB 15. However, the key financial effects of the 
Group’s adoption of the new standard are expected to be as follows: 

(a) Charge-through sales 

From time to time, the Group’s customers enter into contracts to 
acquire goods that are delivered directly from suppliers. In these 
arrangements, Metcash provides procurement and settlement 
services through its charge-through platform and, in some cases, 
cross-docking facilities. The Group is considering whether it is 
primarily responsible for fulfilling the customer orders under these 
arrangements and whether it bears material inventory risk before or 
after the goods have been transferred to the customer.  

Under the current accounting policy, charge-through transactions 
are reported within revenue primarily on the basis that the Group 
retains full exposure to credit risk on these transactions. Under AASB 
15, Metcash is considering whether it is an ‘agent’ in these 
transactions, with respect to the degree of control exercised over the 
goods before they are transferred to the customer.  

Accordingly, upon adoption of AASB 15, charge-through sales may 
be reported on a net “commission” basis, which would result in a 
reduction of approximately $2 billion of revenue. This presentation 
change will have no impact on gross profit or net income.  

(b) Other changes 

There may be other classification and presentation changes 
between revenue and other lines within gross profit. These 
presentation changes are not expected to have a significant impact 
on gross profit or net income. 

(b) AASB 9 Financial Instruments 

In December 2014, the AASB issued AASB 9 Financial Instruments 
which is applicable to the Group effective FY19. AASB 9 will replace 
the requirements of AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement and bring together the classification, measurement, 
impairment and hedge accounting requirements for financial 
instruments.  

The Group has performed a preliminary impact assessment of AASB 
9. Overall, the Group expects no significant impact on its statement 
of financial position and equity, except for the effect of applying the 
impairment requirements of AASB 9. The Group expects an increase 
in the loss allowance in receivables resulting in a negative impact on 
equity. In addition, the Group may implement changes in 
classification of certain financial instruments. 

AASB 16 Leases is applicable to the Group effective FY20 and will 
supersede current accounting requirements in relation to leases 
under Australian Accounting Standards. The Group has not 
concluded its assessment of the impact upon adoption of AASB 16. 
However, the new standard is expected to have a significant impact 
on the Group’s balance sheet and income statement, given the 
volume and maturity profile of the Group’s property and other leases 
(see note 17).  

The key financial effects of the Group’s adoption of the new standard 
are expected to be as follows: 

(a) Metcash-occupied properties 

Leasehold properties occupied by the Group primarily include 
distribution centres, Campbells warehouses, corporate stores and 
offices. For these properties, the balance sheet will be adjusted to 
recognise a depreciating non-financial asset and an associated 
financial liability. The financial liability will be measured at the net 
present value of future payables under the lease, including optional 
renewal periods, where the Group assesses that the probability of 
exercising the renewal is reasonably certain. On transition, the 
financial asset will be measured, on a case by case basis, at either (a) 
the value of the financial liability; or (b) the depreciated value of the 
financial asset as if AASB 16 had always been applied. 

In the income statement, net rental expense will be replaced by a 
‘front-loaded’ net interest expense and a straight-lined depreciation 
expense. This is expected to significantly rebase the Group’s 
earnings before interest and tax (‘EBIT’) and returns on funds 
employed (‘ROFE’), both of which are key financial measures used by 
the business. 

(b) Back-to-back leases 

In addition, Metcash has a portfolio of long-term ‘back-to-back’ 
property leases which secure competitive retail sites on behalf of the 
independent retail network. Cash flows under these arrangements 
substantially offset each other.  

For back-to-back leases, the adoption of AASB 16 will result in the 
recognition of a financial asset and financial liability, representing 
the present value of future cash flows on the sublease and the head 
lease, respectively. Both categories of financial instruments are 
expected to generate interest (income and expense, respectively) 
resulting from the unwinding of the discount over the lease term. 
The impact of interest income and expense is expected to materially 
offset within the income statement. 

The recoverability of the financial asset will be assessed at least at 
each reporting date. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

60 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

61 

86    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Appendix B – Summary of significant accounting policies 

Appendix B – Summary of significant accounting policies 

  BASIS OF ACCOUNTING 

The financial statements are a general purpose financial report that has 
been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations 
Act 2001 and Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board. 

• 

AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – 
Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its 
Associate or Joint Venture. 

The above standards are not expected to have a significant impact on 
the Group’s financial statements in the year of their initial application. 

The financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost 
basis except for derivative financial instruments and share-based 
payments which are measured at fair value. 

The financial statements are presented in Australian dollars and all 
values are rounded to the nearest $100,000 unless otherwise stated 
under the option available to the Company under ASIC Corporations 
Instrument 2016/191. The Company is an entity to which the legislative 
instrument applies. 

The current financial year comprises the 52 week period that 
commenced on 1 May 2017 and ended on 29 April 2018. The prior 
financial year comprises the 53 week period that commenced on 25 
April 2016 and ended on 30 April 2017. 

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 

The financial statements comply with Australian Accounting Standards. 
The financial statements also comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB). 

(a)  Changes in accounting policy 

The Group adopted all new and amended Australian Accounting 
Standards and Interpretations that became applicable during the 
current financial year. The adoption of these Standards and 
Interpretations did not have a significant impact on the Group’s 
financial results or statement of financial position.  

 BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION 

Controlled entities 

The financial statements comprise the consolidated financial 
statements of Metcash Limited and its controlled entities for the year 
ended 30 April 2018. Refer Appendix C for a list of significant controlled 
entities. 

Controlled entities are all those entities over which the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement 
with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the entity.  

Business combinations 

The acquisition of controlled entities is accounted for using the 
purchase method of accounting. The purchase method of accounting 
involves allocating the costs of the business combination to the 
acquisition date fair value of net assets acquired, including intangible 
assets, contingent liabilities and contingent consideration.  

Arrangements within certain business combinations entitle the non-
controlling interests to require the Group to acquire their 
shareholding via exercise of a put option, subject to specific terms 
and conditions. Where such an arrangement is deemed to be part of 
the business combination, a financial liability is recognised on the 
acquisition date measured at the present value of the redemption 
amount under the arrangement. 

All accounting policies are consistent with those applied in the previous 
financial year. 

Consolidation procedures 

(a)  Australian Accounting Standards issued but not yet effective 

A number of new accounting standards (including amendments and 
interpretations) have been issued but were not effective as at 30 April 
2018. The Group has elected not to early adopt any of these new 
standards in these financial statements.  

Appendix A outlines the expected impact of AASB 15, AASB 9 and AASB 
16 on the Group’s financial statements in the respective years of their 
initial application. Other standards in issue that are applicable to the 
Group in future financial periods as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

AASB 2016-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – 
Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment 
Transactions; 
AASB 2017-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – 
Transfers of Investments Property, Annual Improvements 2014-
2016 Cycle and Other Amendments; 
AASB Interpretation 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and 
Advance Consideration; 
AASB 2017-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – 
Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation; 
AASB 2017-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – 
Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures; 
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 Cycle; 
AASB Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments; 
and 

Controlled entities are consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date 
on which control is transferred out of the Group. 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all intercompany 
balances and transactions have been eliminated in full. 

Non-controlling interests are allocated their share of total 
comprehensive income and are presented as a separate category 
within equity. 

The financial statements of controlled entities are prepared for the 
same reporting period as the parent entity, using consistent 
accounting policies. For those controlled entities with non-
coterminous year ends, management accounts for the relevant 
period to the Group’s reporting date have been consolidated. In the 
opinion of the Directors, the expense of providing additional 
coterminous statutory accounts, together with consequential delay 
in producing the Group’s financial statements, would outweigh any 
benefit to shareholders. 

Separate financial statements 

Provision for rental subsidy, onerous contracts and restructuring 

Investments in entities controlled by Metcash Limited are accounted 
for at cost in the separate financial statements of the parent entity 
less any impairment charges. Dividends received from controlled 
entities are recorded as income in the separate financial statements 
of the parent entity, and do not impact the recorded cost of the 
investment unless the dividends effectively represent a return of 
capital.  

Foreign currency translation reserve 

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange 
differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of 
foreign subsidiaries. It is also used to record the effect of hedging net 
investments in foreign operations. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND 
ASSUMPTIONS 

(a)  Significant accounting judgements 

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, the 
following judgements were made, apart from those involving 
estimations, which have a significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements. 

Assessment of control and joint control 

Determining the existence of control, joint control or significant 
influence over the Group’s acquisitions. Where the Group exercises 
significant influence or joint control, the acquisitions are accounted 
for as joint arrangements (refer Appendix B.7); and where the Group 
exercises control, the acquisitions are accounted for as business 
combinations (refer Appendix B.3). 

Supplier income 

The recognition and measurement of supplier income requires the 
use of judgement, due to a high degree of variability and complexity 
in arrangements with suppliers, and due to timing differences 
between stock purchases and the provision of promotional services. 

Purchase price allocation 

Determining the acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed on acquisition of controlled entities. 

Contractual customer relationships 

Identifying those acquired relationships with customers that meet 
the definition of separately identifiable intangibles that have a finite 
life. 

(b)  Significant accounting estimates and assumptions 

The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are often 
determined based on estimates and assumptions of future events. 
The key estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of certain 
assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period are: 

Impairment of goodwill 

The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired on an annual 
basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the 
cash generating units to which the goodwill is allocated. The 
assumptions used in this estimation of the recoverable amount and 
the carrying amount of goodwill are discussed in note 9. 

The Group recognises provisions for rental agreements on acquisition 
(refer note 12 for further discussion). In measuring these provisions, 
assumptions are made about future retail sales, rental costs and in 
determining the appropriate discount rate to be used in the cash flow 
calculations. 

The Group has recognised a provision in accordance with the 
accounting policy described in Appendix B.15. The Group assesses 
obligations for onerous contracts on retail and other head lease 
exposures, property make-good, restructuring and other costs. These 
estimates are determined using assumptions on retail and 
warehouse profitability, property related costs, customer support 
requirements, redundancy and other closure or restructure costs. 

Impairment of equity-accounted investments 

The Group assesses the recoverable amount of its equity-accounted 
investments when objective evidence of impairment is identified. In 
assessing the recoverable amount, assumptions are made about the 
growth prospects of the investment and in determining the discount 
rate used to calculate the net present value of future cash flows when 
a discounted cash flow model is used. 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice 
amount less a provision for any uncollectable debts. An estimate for 
doubtful debts is made when collection of the full amount is no 
longer probable and an allowance for impairment loss is recognised, 
measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the 
receivables and the estimated future cash flows expected to be 
received from relevant debtors. Bad debts are written off as incurred. 

Trade receivables provided as security under the Group’s 
securitisation facility are only derecognised when the receivable is 
settled by the debtor as the Group retains the significant risks and 
rewards associated with these receivables until settlement is 
received. 

  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value 
on the date at which a derivative contract is entered into and are 
subsequently remeasured to fair value.  

The fair value of derivative contracts is determined by reference to 
market values for similar instruments. Derivatives are carried as 
assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair 
value is negative. Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair 
value of derivatives, except for those that qualify as cash flow hedges, 
are taken directly to profit or loss for the year. 

Instruments that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting are 
classified as: 

• 

• 

fair value hedges, when they hedge the exposure to changes in 
the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; or 

cash flow hedges, when they hedge the exposure to variability 
in cash flows that is attributable either to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or liability or to a forecast 
transaction. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

62 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

63 

88    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Appendix B – Summary of significant accounting policies 

Appendix B – Summary of significant accounting policies 

Fair value hedges 

The change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the 
risk hedged is recorded as part of the carrying value of the hedged 
item and is also recognised in the income statement as finance costs. 
If the hedged item is derecognised, the unamortised fair value is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.  

When an unrecognised firm commitment is designated as a hedged 
item, the subsequent cumulative change in the fair value of the firm 
commitment attributable to the hedged risk is recognised as an asset 
or liability with a corresponding gain or loss recognised in the profit 
and loss.  

Cash flow hedges 

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is 
recognised in other comprehensive income and carried forward to 
the cash flow hedge reserve, while any ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in the income statement as finance costs.  

Amounts recognised as other comprehensive income are transferred 
to profit or loss when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, 
such as when the hedged financial income or financial expense is 
recognised or when a forecast sale occurs. When the hedged item is 
the cost of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, the 
amounts recognised as other comprehensive income are transferred 
to the initial carrying amount of the non-financial asset or liability.  

If the forecast transaction or firm commitment is no longer expected 
to occur, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity 
is transferred to the income statement. If the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or 
rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked, any cumulative 
gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income 
remains in other comprehensive income until the forecast 
transaction or firm commitment affects profit or loss. 

Cash flow hedge reserve 

The cash flow hedge reserve records the portion of the unrealised 
gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is 
determined to be an effective hedge.  

Current versus non-current classification 

Derivative instruments are classified as current or non-current or 
separated into current and non-current portions based on an 
assessment of the facts and circumstances including the underlying 
contracted cash flows. 

EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS 

The Group’s investments in joint ventures and associates are 
accounted for using the equity method. Associates are those entities 
over which the Group exercises significant influence, but not control 
or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A joint 
venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, 
whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the joint venture. 
Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an 
arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant 
activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control 

Equity-accounted investments are carried in the statement of 
financial position at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s 
share of net assets of the investee, less any impairment in value.  

For those associates and joint ventures with non-coterminous year 
ends, management accounts for the relevant period to the Group’s 
reporting date have been equity-accounted. In the opinion of the 
Directors, the expense of providing additional coterminous statutory 
accounts, together with consequential delay in producing the 
Group’s financial statements, would outweigh any benefit to 
shareholders. 

INVENTORIES 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realisable value. 
Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and 
condition are accounted for using the standard cost method. Cost is 
determined by deducting from the supplier’s invoice price any 
purchase incentives. 

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary 
course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the 
estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Recognition and measurement 

All classes of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost 
less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment 
losses. 

Depreciation 

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis on all property, plant 
and equipment, other than freehold land and assets under 
construction. Major depreciation periods are: 

Freehold buildings 
Plant and equipment 

Derecognition 

FY18 

FY17 

25-50 years 
2-20 years 

25-50 years 
2-20 years 

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon 
disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise 
from the continued use of the asset. 

Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as 
the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the item) is included in the statement of comprehensive 
income in the period the item is derecognised. 

Retail development assets 

Costs incurred in respect of a greenfields development which 
involves the lease or acquisition of land and subsequent construction 
of a retail store or shopping centre are capitalised as assets under 
construction and included in property, plant and equipment. On 
conclusion of the development the capitalised costs are transferred 
to non-current assets held for sale provided they meet the criteria 
detailed in Appendix B.21. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Recognition and measurement 

Intangible assets acquired separately or in a business combination 
are initially measured at cost. Following initial recognition, the cost 
model is applied to the class of intangible assets. 

Intangible assets (excluding software development costs) created 
within the business are not capitalised and expenditure is charged 
against profits in the period in which the expenditure is incurred. 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is initially measured at 
cost; being the excess of the cost of the business combination over 
the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Goodwill is not amortised. 

Trade names are acquired either through business combinations or 
through direct acquisition. Trade names are recognised as intangible 
assets where a registered trade mark is acquired with attributable 
value. Trade names are valued on a relief from royalty method. Trade 
names are considered to be indefinite life intangibles and are not 
amortised, unless there is an intention to discontinue use of the 
name in which case it is amortised over its estimated remaining 
useful life.  

Customer contracts are acquired either through business 
combinations or through direct acquisition of contractual 
relationships. Customer contacts are recognised as intangible assets 
when the criteria specified in AASB 138 Intangible Assets have been 
met. Customer contracts are valued by applying a discounted cash 
flow valuation methodology with consideration given to customer 
retention and projected future cash flows to the end of the contract 
period. Contractual customer relationships are assessed to have a 
finite life and are amortised over the asset’s useful life. The 
amortisation has been recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income in the line item ’administrative costs‘.  

Software development costs incurred on an individual project are 
capitalised at cost when future recoverability can reasonably be 
assured and where the Group has an intention and ability to use the 
asset. Following the initial recognition of software development 
costs, the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses. Any costs carried forward are 
amortised over the assets’ useful economic lives. 

Derecognition 

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are 
measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and 
the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income when the asset is derecognised. 

When goodwill forms part of a group of cash generating units and an 
operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated 
with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of 
the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the 
operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured 
based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the 
portion of the groups of cash-generating units retained. 

Useful lives 

The useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to be either 
finite or indefinite. Where amortisation is charged on assets with 
finite lives, this expense is taken to the profit or loss on a straight-line 
basis. 

The estimated useful lives of existing finite life intangible assets are 
as follows: 

FY18 

FY17 

Customer contracts 
Software development costs 
Other 

3-25 years 
5-10 years 
10 years 

3-25 years 
5-10 years 
10 years 

Useful lives are reassessed on an annual basis and adjustments, 
where applicable, are made on a prospective basis. 

IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS 

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any 
indication that the value of a non-financial asset may be impaired. 
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are tested for 
impairment at least annually and more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be 
impaired.  

Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal 
estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of a 
non-financial asset exceeds its recoverable amount the asset is 
considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. 

Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and 
value in use. It is determined for an individual asset, unless the 
asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value 
less costs to sell and it does not generate cash inflows that are largely 
independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. In this 
case, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating 
unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.  

When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable 
amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated pre-tax 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-
tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset. 

Impairment losses are recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

64 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

65 

90    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Appendix B – Summary of significant accounting policies 

Appendix B – Summary of significant accounting policies 

  EMPLOYEE LEAVE BENEFITS 

Wages, salaries, annual leave and sick leave 

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, 
annual leave and accumulating sick leave, are recognised in 
provisions in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date. 
They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the 
liabilities are settled. Liabilities due to be settled within 12 months of 
the reporting date are classified as current liabilities. Liabilities for 
non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken 
and are measured at the rates paid or payable. 

Long service leave 

The liability for long service leave is recognised in the provision for 
employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected 
future payments to be made in respect of services provided by 
employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to 
expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee 
departures, and periods of service. Expected future payments at the 
reporting date are discounted using market yields on high-quality 
corporate bonds with terms to maturity that match as closely as 
possible, the estimated future cash outflows. 

INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS 

All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of 
the consideration received net of issue costs associated with the 
borrowing. 

After initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. 

Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities 
are derecognised. 

  LEASES 

Leases are classified at their inception as either operating or finance 
leases based on the economic substance of the agreement so as to 
reflect the risks and benefits incidental to ownership. 

Operating leases - Group as a lessee 

Operating leases are those leases where the lessor effectively retains 
substantially all of the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased 
item. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a 
straight-line basis. 

Operating leases - Group as a lessor 

Leases in which the Group retains substantially all the risks and 
benefits of the leased asset are classified as operating leases. Initial 
direct costs incurred in negotiating an operating lease are added to 
the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an 
expense over the lease term on the same basis as rental income. 

  PROVISIONS 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation 
(legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required 
to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation. 

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, 
for example, under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is 
recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is 
probable. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the 
statement of comprehensive income net of any reimbursement.  

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are 
measured at the net present value of the expected future cash 
outflows using a current pre-tax rate that reflects the risks specific to 
the liability. During each period the provision is increased by an 
amount that is equal to the provision multiplied by the discount rate. 
This increment, including any change in the value of the provision as 
a result of a change in discount rate, is treated as a finance cost in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.    

Provisions for property lease and remediation costs are raised where 
the economic entity is committed by the requirements of the lease 
agreement. The future lease costs, net of any income from sub-
leasing, are discounted to their net present value in determining the 
provision. 

 SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS 

The Group provides a portion of senior executive and key employee 
remuneration as equity-settled share-based payments, in the form of 
performance rights. 

The value of the performance rights issued is determined on the date 
which both the employee and the Group understand and agree to the 
share-based payment terms and conditions (grant date). The value at 
grant date is based upon the fair value of a similar arrangement 
between the Group and an independent third party and is 
determined using an appropriate valuation model. The fair value 
does not consider the impact of service or performance conditions, 
other than conditions linked to the share price of Metcash Limited 
(market conditions). Details of the valuation models used and fair 
values for each tranche of performance rights issued are outlined in 
note 19. 

The fair value of performance rights is recognised as an expense, 
together with a corresponding increase in the share-based payments 
reserve within equity, over the period between grant date and the 
date on which employee becomes fully entitled to the award (vesting 
date). This expense is recognised cumulatively by estimating the 
number of performance rights expected to vest. This opinion is 
formed based on the best available information at the reporting date. 
No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market conditions 
being met as the effect of these conditions is included in the 
determination of fair value at grant date. Where the performance 
rights are cancelled, any expense not yet recognised for the award is 
recognised immediately. 

The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding performance rights are 
reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings 
per share. 

Share-based payments reserve 

The share-based payments reserve is used to record the value of 
equity benefits provided to executives as part of their remuneration. 
Refer to note 19 for further details of these plans. Once a 
performance right has lapsed the Group no longer has any obligation 
to convert these performance rights into share capital. The amount 
transferred to retained earnings represents the value of share-based 
payments previously recognised as an expense through the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income that have now lapsed. 

  REVENUE AND SUPPLIER INCOME RECOGNITION 

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the 
economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be 
reliably measured. The specific recognition criteria described below 
must also be met before revenue is recognised. 

Sale of goods 

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when the significant 
risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the 
buyer, usually on acceptance of delivery of the goods. 

Rental income 

Rental income is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease 
term and is classified within ‘other income’. Contingent rental 
income is recognised as income in the periods in which it is earned. 

Supplier income 

The Group receives income from suppliers based on purchase 
volumes, promotional and marketing or other similar activities. 
Volumetric income is either directly referenced or otherwise directly 
attributable to the products purchased, and as such is recognised as 
income upon the sale of the product.  

Non-volumetric supplier income is conditional on specific 
performance obligations, such as providing promotional or 
marketing materials and activities or promotional product 
positioning. This income is recognised when the related performance 
obligations have been discharged by the Group and the income can 
be measured reliably based on the terms of the contract.  

Supplier income is generally recognised as a credit within cost of 
sales. 

Refer Appendix A for information relating to the Group’s adoption of 
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 

 FINANCE COSTS 

Finance costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or 
production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of 
time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalised as part of 
the cost of the asset. All other finance costs are expensed in the 
period they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs 
that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds. 

Certain provisions are measured at their discounted value. During 
each period the provision is increased by an amount that is equal to 
the provision multiplied by the discount rate. This increment, 
including any change in the value of the provision as a result of a 
change in discount rate, is treated as a finance cost in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. 

INCOME TAX 

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are 
measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or paid to 
the taxation authority. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute 
the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by 
the relevant reporting date. 

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the 
reporting date, between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. 

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences: 

• 

• 

except where the deferred income tax liability arises from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is 
not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, 
affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss; and 

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint 
ventures, except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that 
the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable 
future. 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences, carry-forward unused tax assets and unused 
tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the deductible temporary differences, and 
the carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses can be 
utilised: 

• 

• 

except where the deferred income tax asset relating to the 
deductible temporary difference arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a 
business combination and, at the time of the transaction, 
affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss; and 

in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint 
ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in 
the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available 
against which the temporary differences can be utilised. 

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at 
each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or 
part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax 
rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realised 
or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted at the relevant reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a 
legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate 
to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority. 

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are 
recognised in equity and not in the statement of comprehensive 
income. 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

66 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

67 

92    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Appendix B – Summary of significant accounting policies 

Appendix C – Information on subsidiaries 

  EARNINGS PER SHARE 

  FINANCIAL GUARANTEE CONTRACTS 

Basic earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to 
members of the parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of servicing 
equity (other than dividends) divided by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element. 
Diluted earnings per share are calculated as net profit attributable to 
members of the parent, adjusted for: 

• 
• 

• 

costs of servicing equity (other than dividends); 
the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated with 
dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised as 
expenses; and 
other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses during 
the period that would result from the dilution of potential 
ordinary shares, divided by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted 
for any bonus element. 

  NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND DISCONTINUED 

OPERATIONS 

Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are 
measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less 
costs to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as 
held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally 
through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This 
condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable 
and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its 
present condition.  

Net profit after tax from discontinued operations are reported 
separately from continuing operations, even when the Group retains 
a non-controlling interest in the subsidiary after the sale. Once 
classified as held for sale, property, plant and equipment and 
intangible assets are not depreciated or amortised. 

Financial guarantee contracts issued by the Group are those 
contracts that require a payment to be made to reimburse the holder 
for a loss it incurs because the specified debtor fails to make a 
payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt 
instrument. Financial guarantee contracts are recognised initially as 
a liability at fair value, adjusted for transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to the issuance of the guarantee. Subsequently, the 
liability is measured at the higher of the best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the reporting 
date and the amount recognised less cumulative amortisation. 

  COMPARATIVE INFORMATION 

The Group revised its presentation of the customer charge cards 
agreement, which was disclosed as a contingent liability in previous 
financial years. This revision resulted in the presentation of a current 
trade receivable (note 6) and a matching current payable (note 10) of 
$274.0 million (FY17: $276.0 million), with no impact to the Group’s 
net assets.   

As a consequence, net transaction costs of $8.4 million (FY17: $8.1 
million) in relation to this agreement have been reclassified from 
administrative expense to finance costs. In the statement of cash 
flows, settlements received from Amex are reported within operating 
activities under ‘receipts from customers’. 

Further information is provided in note 10. 

Otherwise, certain comparative information was amended in these 
financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. 
These amendments do not impact the Group’s financial results and 
do not have any significant impact on the Group’s balance sheet. 

Metcash Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group. The 
consolidated financial statements include the financial statements 
of Metcash Limited and the subsidiaries listed in the following table. 
All entities are incorporated in Australia except where specifically 
identified. 

FY18  
% 

FY17  
% 

Action Holdings Pty Ltd 1 
Action Supermarkets Pty Ltd 1 
Anzam (Aust.) Pty Ltd 1 
Arrow Pty Limited 
Australian Asia Pacific Wholesalers Pty Ltd 1 
Australian Hardware Distributors Pty. Limited 1  
Australian Hardware Support Services Pty 
Ltd 1 
Australian Liquor Marketers (QLD) Pty Ltd 1 
Australian Liquor Marketers (WA) Pty Ltd 1 
Australian Liquor Marketers Pty. Limited 1 
Big Bargain Bottleshops Australia Pty Ltd 1 
Capeview Hardware Pty Ltd. 
City Ice & Cold Storage Company Proprietary 
Limited 1 
Clancy’s Food Stores Pty Limited 1 
Community Co Australia Pty Ltd 
Composite Buyers Finance Pty. Ltd. 1 
Composite Buyers Pty Limited 1 
Danks Holdings Pty Limited 1 
Davids Foodservices Pty Ltd 1 
Davids Group Staff Superannuation Fund Pty. 
Ltd. 1 
Denham Bros. Pty Limited 
DIY Superannuation Pty Ltd 1 
Drumstar V 2 Pty Ltd  
Echuca Hardware Pty Ltd 1 
Faggs Geelong Pty Ltd 
Foodland Properties Pty Ltd 1 
Foodland Property Holdings Pty. Ltd. 
Foodland Property Unit Trust 
Franklins Bass Hill Pty Ltd 
Franklins Blacktown Pty Ltd  
Franklins Bonnyrigg Pty Ltd  
Franklins Casula Pty Ltd  
Franklins Liverpool Pty Ltd  
Franklins Merrylands Pty Limited  
Franklins Moorebank Pty Limited  
Franklins Penrith Nepean Pty Ltd  
Franklins Penrith Plaza Pty Ltd  
Franklins Pty Ltd 1 
Franklins Singleton Pty Ltd  
Franklins Supermarkets Pty Ltd 1 
Franklins Wentworthville Pty Ltd  
Fresco Supermarket Holdings Pty Ltd 1 
Garden Fresh Produce Pty. Ltd. 1 
Global Liquor Wholesalers Pty Limited 1 
Gympie Property Investment Pty Ltd 
Hammer Hardware Stores Pty. Ltd. 1 
Handyman Stores Pty Ltd 1  
Hardings Hardware Pty. Ltd. 1 
Hardware Property Trust 
Himaco Pty Ltd 1  

100 
100 
100 
- 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

- 
100 
- 
100 
90 
100 
- 
100 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
100 
- 
100 
- 
100 
100 
100 
84.7 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
80 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
90 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
84.7 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

FY18  
% 

FY17  
% 

Home Hardware Australasia Pty. Ltd. 1 
Home Timber & Hardware Group Pty Ltd 1 
Homestead Hardware Australasia Pty Ltd 1 
HTH Events Pty Ltd 1 
HTH Stores Pty Limited 1 
Hudson Building Supplies Pty Limited 1 
IGA Community Chest Limited  
IGA Distribution (SA) Pty Limited 1 
IGA Distribution (Vic) Pty Limited 1 
IGA Distribution (WA) Pty Limited 1 
IGA Fresh (Northern Queensland) Pty Limited 1 
IGA Fresh (NSW) Pty Limited 1  
IGA Retail Network Limited 
IGA Retail Services Pty Limited 1  
Independent Brands Australia Pty Limited 1  
Independent Hardware Group Pty Ltd 1 
Independent Solutions Pty Ltd 1 
Interfrank Group Holdings Pty Ltd 1 
Jewel Food Stores Pty. Ltd. 1 
JV Pub Group Pty Ltd 1 
Keithara Pty. Ltd. 1 
Liquorsmart Pty Ltd 
Liquor Traders Pty. Ltd. 1 
M-C International Australia Pty Limited 1 
Mega Property Management Pty. Ltd. 1 
Mermaid Tavern (Freehold) Pty Ltd 
Mermaid Tavern (Trading) Pty Ltd 1 
Metcash Asia Limited (incorporated in China) 
Metcash Export Services Pty Ltd 1 
Metcash Food & Grocery Convenience 
Division Pty Limited 1 
Metcash Food & Grocery Pty Ltd 1 
Metcash Holdings Pty Ltd 1 
Metcash Management Pty Limited 1 
Metcash Services Proprietary Limited 1 
Metcash Storage Pty Limited 1 
Metcash Trading Limited 1 
Metoz Holding Limited (incorporated in 
South Africa) 
Metro Cash & Carry Pty Limited 1 
Mirren (Australia) Pty. Ltd. 1 
Mitre 10 Australia Pty Ltd 1  
Mitre 10 Mega Property Trust 
Mitre 10 Mega Pty Ltd 1 
Mitre 10 Pty Ltd 1 
Narellan Hardware Pty Ltd 1  
National Retail Support Services Pty Ltd 1 
NFRF Developments Pty Ltd 
Northern Hardware Group Pty Ltd 
Nu Fruit Pty. Ltd. 
Payless Superbarn (N S W) Pty Ltd 1 
Produce Traders Trust 
QIW Pty Limited 1 
Queensland Independent Wholesalers Pty 
Limited 1 
Quickstop Pty Ltd 1 
Rainbow Unit Trust 
Rainfresh Vic Pty. Ltd. 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
- 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
51 
84.7 
51 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
51 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
- 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
51 
84.7 
51 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
51 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

68 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

69 

94    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Appendix C – Information on subsidiaries 

FY18  
% 

FY17  
% 

100 
- 

- 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
- 

100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

Sunshine Hardware Pty Ltd 
Tasman Liquor Company Limited 
(incorporated in New Zealand) 
Tasmania Hardware Pty Ltd 
Thrifty-Link Hardware Pty. Ltd. 1 
Timber and Hardware Exchange Pty Ltd 
Timberten Pty Ltd 1 
UIAL NSW/ACT Pty Ltd 1 
UIAL Tasmania Pty Ltd 1 
Vawn No 3 Pty. Ltd. 1 
W.A. Hardware Services Pty. Ltd 1 
Wickson Corporation Pty Limited 1 

Wimbledon Property Trust 

FY18  
% 

FY17  
% 

84.7 
100 

80 
100 
68.42 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 

84.7 
100 

80 
100 
68.42 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 

Retail Merchandise Services Pty. Limited 
Retail Stores Development Finance Pty 
Limited 
Rockblock Pty. Ltd. 
Roma Hardware Pty Ltd 1  
Scanning Systems (Fuel) Pty Ltd 1 
Smart IP Co Pty Ltd 1 
Soetensteeg 2 61 Exploitatiemaatschappij BV 
(incorporated in Netherlands) 
South Coast Operations Pty Ltd 1 
South West Operations Pty Ltd 1 
SSA Holding Pty Ltd 1 
Stonemans (Management) Proprietary 
Limited 

1. 

Entities subject to class order relief 

Certain controlled entities of Metcash Limited, collectively referred to as the ‘Closed Group’, are party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee (or were during 
FY18) issued pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785. Under the Instrument, entities within the Closed Group 
entities that have lodged an option notice with ASIC within four months of the end of the financial year are granted relief from standalone financial 
reporting and audit requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. Under the Deed of Cross Guarantee, the entities within the Closed Group, including 
Metcash Limited, have guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of winding up of any other entity within the Closed Group.  

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Appendix C – Information on subsidiaries 

Summary Statement of Comprehensive Income of the Closed Group 

Distributions from subsidiaries outside the Closed Group 
Other transactions with subsidiaries outside the Closed Group 
Other net income/(expense) 
Loss before income tax 
Income tax expense  
Net loss for the year 

Summary Statement of Financial Position of the Closed Group 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables and loans 
Trade receivables – customer charge cards agreement 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Total current assets 

Investments 
Property, plant and equipment 
Net deferred tax assets 
Intangible assets and goodwill 
Other non-current assets 
Total non-current assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Customer charge cards agreement 
Interest-bearing borrowings 
Income tax payable 
Provisions and other current liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Interest-bearing borrowings 
Amounts due to related parties 
Provisions and other non-current liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 

Equity 
Contributed and other equity 
Other reserves 
Retained profits/(accumulated losses) 

Opening balance 
Capital reduction (Note 20) 
Net loss for the year 
Dividends paid 
Other movements 
Closing balance 

Total equity 

FY18  
$m 

28.3 
(190.0) 
(91.6) 
(253.3)  
(69.1) 
(322.4) 

FY18 
$m 

137.8 
1,150.4 
274.0 
727.5 
11.1 
2,300.8 

1,132.4 
211.9 
98.5 
764.5 
30.2 
2,237.5 
4,538.3 

1,549.3 
274.0 
1.9 
24.1 
127.5 
1,976.8 

127.1 
2,212.6 
137.4 
2,477.1 
4,453.9 
84.4 

600.0 
(0.7) 

(1,210.3) 
1,119.3 
(322.4) 
(102.4) 
0.9 
(514.9) 
84.4  

FY17 
$m 

1,155.1 
(1,559.9) 
224.8 
(180.0) 
(52.9) 
(232.9) 

FY17 
$m 

70.1 
1,095.6 
276.0 
710.5 
31.5 
2,183.7 

1,145.4 
210.0 
108.1 
1,091.4 
29.1 
2,584.0 
4,767.7 

1,464.8 
276.0 
3.0 
5.6 
144.5 
1,893.9 

187.1 
2,034.8 
145.9 
2,367.8 
4,261.7 
506.0 

1,719.3 
(3.0) 

(977.4) 
- 
(232.9) 
- 
- 
(1,210.3) 
506.0 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

70 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

71 

96    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018Notes to the financial statements (continued)For the year ended 30 April 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
For the year ended 30 April 2018
For the year ended 30 April 2018 

Appendix D – Equity-accounted investments 

Equity-accounted investments of the Group represent both associates and joint ventures and are structured through equity participation in 
separate legal entities. Metcash invests capital to support the independent retail network, strengthen relationships and fund growth. Relationships 
with co-investors are governed by contractual agreements which allow the Group to exercise either significant influence or joint control over these 
entities. Where the Group exercises joint control, all key operating decisions are agreed unanimously, regardless of ownership interest. 

The principal place of business for all of the Group’s equity-accounted investments is Australia. 

The following table presents key information about the Group’s interests in joint ventures and associates.  

 Investee 

Principal activities 

Reporting date 

FY18 
% 

FY17 
% 

Associates 
Abacus Independent Retail Property Trust 

Ritchies Stores Pty Ltd 

Dramet Holdings Pty Ltd 

Retail property investment 

Grocery retailing 

Grocery retailing  

Joint ventures 
Adcome Pty Ltd 

Lecome Pty Ltd 

BMS Retail Group Holdings Pty Ltd 

Progressive Trading Pty Ltd 

Metfood Pty Limited 

Waltock Pty Limited 

Banner 10 Pty Ltd 

G Gay Hardware Pty Ltd 

LA United Pty Ltd (a) 

Liquor Alliance Pty Ltd (a) 

Grocery retailing  

Grocery retailing 

Grocery retailing 

Grocery retailing  

Merchandise services 

Hardware retailing 

Hardware retailing 

Hardware retailing 

Liquor wholesaling 

Liquor wholesaling 

30 June 

30 June 

30 June 

30 April 

30 April 

30 June 

30 April 

30 April 

30 June 

30 June 

30 June 

30 June 

30 June 

- 

26.0 

26.0 

45.0 

50.0 

49.0 

52.2 

- 

49.0 

49.0 

49.0 

75.3 

66.7 

25.0 

26.0 

26.0 

45.0 

50.0 

25.1 

52.2 

50.0 

49.0 

49.0 

49.0 

63.0 

50.0 

(a)  The Group has a direct ownership of 26.0% in LA United Pty Ltd and an indirect ownership of 49.3% (FY17: 37.0%) via its interest in Liquor 

Alliance Pty Ltd. While the Group has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the entity, key operating and financial decisions require the 
unanimous consent of other joint venture partners. Accordingly, LA United Pty Ltd and Liquor Alliance Pty Ltd are accounted for as joint 
arrangements.  

Directors’ declaration 
Directors’ declaration
For the year ended 30 April 2018 
For the year ended 30 April 2018

In accordance with a resolution of the directors of Metcash Limited, I state that: 

1. 

In the opinion of the directors: 

a.  The financial statements, notes and the additional disclosures included in the directors’ report designated as audited, of 

Metcash Limited are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

i.  Giving a true and fair view of its financial position as at 30 April 2018 and of its performance for the year ended on that 

date; and 

ii.  Complying with Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and Corporations 

Regulations 2001; 

b.  The financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Appendix 

B.2; and 

c.  There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

payable. 

2.  This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the directors in accordance with section 

295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ending 30 April 2018. 

3. 

In the opinion of the directors, as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the 
Closed Group identified in Appendix C will be able to meet any obligation or liabilities to which they are or may become subject, by 
virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee. 

On behalf of the Board 

Jeff Adams 
Director 
Sydney, 25 June 2018 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

72 

98    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney  NSW  2001 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney  NSW  2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney  NSW  2001 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

Auditor's Independence Declaration to the Directors of Metcash Limited  

As lead auditor for the audit of Metcash Limited for the financial year ended 30 April 2018, I declare 
to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no  contraventions  of  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  in 

relation to the audit; and   

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Metcash Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial year. 

Ernst & Young 

Renay Robinson 
Partner 
25 June 2018 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Shareholders of Metcash Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of Metcash Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries 
(collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at  
30 April 2018, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of 
changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors' 
declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including: 

a)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 April 
2018 and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and 

b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 
Financial Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the 
auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of 
the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in 
Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our 
audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

74 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

75 

100    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our 
audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks 
of material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the 
procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the 
accompanying financial report. 

1. 

Impairment assessment for goodwill and other intangible assets 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

At 30 April 2018 the Group’s consolidated 
statement of financial position included goodwill 
and other intangible assets amounting to $818.4 
million, representing 22% of total assets.  

The directors have assessed goodwill and other 
intangible assets for impairment at 30 April 
2018.  Due to the continued intense competition 
in the Australian food and grocery industry and 
the impact of changes to customer supply 
arrangements, as noted in Note 3(vii) and Note 9 
to the financial statements, the Group has 
recognised an impairment charge of $318.4 
million in respect of the Food and Grocery cash 
generating unit (“CGU”). 

The assessment of impairment for these assets 
involves estimates and assumptions concerning 
future performance, including forecast cash 
flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates.  

These estimates and assumptions are impacted 
by future performance, market and economic 
conditions. Minor changes in certain assumptions 
can lead to significant changes in the 
recoverable amount of these assets.  

Accordingly, we considered this to be a key audit 
matter.  

Our audit procedures included the following: 

  Assessed the Group’s determination of the 
cash generating units (CGUs) used in the 
impairment model, based on our 
understanding of the nature of the Group’s 
business and the economic environment in 
which the segments operate. We also 
considered internal reporting of the Group’s 
results to assess how earnings and goodwill 
are monitored and reported; 
  Assessed the cash flow forecasts, 

assumptions and estimates used by the 
Group, as outlined in Note 9 to the financial 
statements, by considering the reliability of 
the Group’s historical cash flow forecasts, 
our knowledge of the business and 
corroborating data with external information 
where possible; 

  Evaluated the appropriateness of discount 
and terminal growth rates applied with 
involvement from our valuation specialists; 

  Tested the mathematical accuracy of the 
impairment testing models including the 
consistency of relevant data with latest 
Board approved forecasts; 

  Performed sensitivity analysis on key 
assumptions including discount rates, 
terminal growth rates and EBIT forecasts for 
each of the Group's CGUs; and 

  Assessed the adequacy of the financial 

report disclosures contained in Note 9 in 
respect of the carrying value of intangible 
assets and impairment testing. 

2.  Accounting for supplier rebates 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Appendix B.17 of the financial report outlines 
the Group’s accounting policy relating to supplier 
rebates, or supplier income as they are referred 
to in the Financial report.   

The Group receives rebates and other similar 
incentives from suppliers which are determined 
based upon a number of measures which can 
include volumes of inventory purchased, sold, 
purchase value thresholds and the performance 
of promotional activities.  

We considered this to be a key audit matter as 
supplier rebates contributed significantly to the 
Group’s results, there are a large number of 
varied agreements in place and some of the 
arrangements require judgment to be applied in 
determining the timing of recognition and the 
appropriate classification within the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, based upon 
the terms of the agreement. 

Our audit procedures included the following: 
  Evaluated the Group's processes and 

controls relating to the recognition and 
valuation amounts recognised through and 
classified within the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income; 

  Assessed the operating effectiveness of 
relevant controls in place relating to the 
recognition and measurement of volumetric, 
purchase value and sales value related 
rebates; 

  Selected a sample of supplier rebates 

received and accrued for during the year and 
tested whether the income was correctly 
calculated and recognised in the correct 
period;  

  Selected a sample of supplier income 

transactions linked to future events and 
marketing activity to test for recognition in 
the correct period by examining the timing of 
these events and marketing activity; 
  Considered the impact of supplier claims  
during and subsequent to year end on 
amounts recognised; and 

 

Inquired of management and the Directors as 
to the existence of any non-standard 
agreements or side arrangements. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

76 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

77 

102    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.  Onerous contracts 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

As set out in Note 12 to the financial statements, 
various controlled entities within the Group are 
the head lessee on a number of retail stores the 
Group sub-leases to independent retailers. 

As disclosed within Appendix B.4(b) to the 
financial statements, the assessment of when 
these arrangements are onerous contracts which 
require provisions to be recognised, requires 
significant judgments and estimates, concerning 
factors such as retail profitability.  

A key audit matter was whether the Group’s 
assessment included appropriate consideration 
of these factors. 

Our audit procedures included the following: 

  Considered whether the Group identified 
relevant onerous contracts requiring 
provision recognition. 

  Tested the valuation of the onerous contract 
provisions by evaluating whether appropriate 
judgments and assumptions had been applied 
in determining the unavoidable costs of 
meeting the obligation and the estimate of 
the expected benefits to be received under 
the contract. 

Information Other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report Thereon 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the Group’s 2018 Annual Report other than the financial report and our 
auditor’s report thereon. We obtained the Directors’ Report that is to be included in the Annual 
Report, prior to the date of this auditor’s report, and we expect to obtain the remaining sections of 
the Annual Report after the date of this auditor’s report.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not and will 
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration 
Report. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated.  

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of 
this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, 
we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Group are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 
2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or 
to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

78 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

79 

104    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain 
audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of 
not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. 

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing 
an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of 

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors. 

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 

accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists 
related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are 
required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial 
report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are 
based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future 
events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and 
events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the 

entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. 
We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We 
remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and 
timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, 
related safeguards. 

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes 
public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a 
matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so 
would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Report on the Audit of the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 14 to 29 of the directors' report for 
the year ended 30 April 2018. 

40 to 56

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Metcash Limited for the year ended 30 April 2018, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Group are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted 
in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Ernst & Young 

Renay Robinson 
Partner 
Sydney 
25 June 2018 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

80 

Metcash Group | Financial Report FY18 

81 

106    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASX Information

Year ended 30 April 2018

Additional information required by the Australian Securities Exchange and not shown elsewhere in this report is 
as follows:  The information is current as at 30 June 2018:

Distribution of Equity Securities

The number of shareholders, by size of holding, in each class of share is:

Size of Holding

1-1,000

1,001-5,000

5,001-10,000

Number of Shareholders

Size of Holding

Number of Shareholders

6,063

10,501

3,619

10,001-100,000

100,001-9,999,999,999

Total

2,852

124

23,159

There were 1,198 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of Metcash ordinary shares.

Twenty largest holders of quoted shares

The names of the 20 largest holders of quoted shares are:

Name

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
WOODROSS NOMINEES PTY LTD
AMP LIFE LIMITED
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES
BAINPRO NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES
BAINPRO NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD
BOND STREET CUSTODIANS LIMITED
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD
POWERWRAP LIMITED
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD
MR SONDAL MEHMET BENSAN
Total

Substantial Shareholders

Number of Shares

425,505,351
180,758,415
114,578,322
38,723,184
16,755,344
15,176,973
8,196,662
3,918,000
3,562,258
3,058,254
3,055,785
2,509,931
1,771,207
1,725,000
1,689,908
1,665,193
1,340,730
1,280,416
884,611
750,000
826,905,544

The following is extracted from the Company’s register of substantial shareholders:

Pendal Group Ltd

Allan Gray Australia Pty Ltd

UBS Group AG

Dimensional Entities

Voting Rights

All ordinary shares (whether fully paid or not) carry one vote per share without restriction.

Percentage of Shares

43.613%
18.527%
11.744%
3.969%
1.717%
1.556%
0.840%
0.402%
0.365%
0.313%
0.313%
0.257%
0.182%
0.177%
0.173%
0.171%
0.137%
0.131%
0.091%
0.077%
84.755%

Number of Shares

136,089,796

102,226,130

60,025,971

58,693,611

Corporate Information 

ABN 32 112 073 480

Metcash Food & Grocery  
(Head Office)
1 Thomas Holt Drive
Macquarie Park NSW 2113 

    61 2 9741 3000

  PO Box 557 
Macquarie Park NSW 1670

Australian Liquor Marketers  
(Head Office)
1 Thomas Holt Drive
Macquarie Park NSW 2113 

    61 2 9741 3000

  PO Box 557 
Macquarie Park NSW 1670

Independent Hardware Group 
(Head Office)
19 Corporate Drive
Heatherton VIC 3202 

    1300 880 440

Corporate Governance
A copy of the Corporate Governance 
Statement can be found on our website.  
Visit www.metcash.com/corporate-
information/corporate-governance

Directors

Robert Murray (Chair) 
Jeff Adams (Group CEO)
Fiona Balfour 
Anne Brennan
Tonianne Dwyer 
Murray Jordan
Helen Nash

Company Secretary
Julie Hutton

Share Register 
Boardroom Pty Limited 
GPO Box 3993
Sydney NSW 2001

    1300 737 760 

61 2 9290 9600

Auditor
Ernst & Young 
200 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia 

    61 2 9248 5555

National Office
1 Thomas Holt Drive
Macquarie Park NSW 2113 

  PO Box 557 
Macquarie Park NSW 1670

    61 2 9741 3000

   

  www.metcash.com

.

m
o
c
o
h
c
n
o
m
n
a
e
d
/
o
h
c
n
o
m
n
a
e
d

:

©
y
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P

.

.

u
a
m
o
c
e
v
i
t
a
e
r
c
o
h
c
n
o
m

:

i

n
g
s
e
D

108    |     Metcash  Annual  Report  2018

#CorporateInformation

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.metcash.com